Home
        Command Line Interface (CLI): MICE Switch Power (MSP)
         Contents
1.                                                                                   MSP  config  radius server auth modify 1    name  RADIUS authentication server name     port  RADIUS authentication server port   default  1812      msgauth  Enable or disable the message authenticator  attribute for this server     primary  Configure the primary RADIUS server     status  Enable or disable a RADIUS authentication  server entry     secret  Configure the shared secret for the RADIUS  authentication server     encrypted  Configure the encrypted shared secret     lt cr gt  Press Enter to execute the command              radius server auth modify    is the command name    The parameter  lt 1  8 gt   RADIUS server index  is required  It can have the  value 1 to 8  integer     The parameters  name    port    msgauth    primary    status    secret  and   encrypted  are optional     CLI MSP MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 37    Using the CLI 3 3 Properties of the CLI    3 3 Properties of the CLI    3 3 1    38    Input prompt    Command mode  With the input prompt  the CLI shows you which of the three modes you    are in      MSP   gt   User Exec mode     MSP     Privileged Exec mode     MSP   config     Global Configuration mode     MSP   vlan     VLAN Database Mode     MSP    Interface  all     Interface Range Mode   Alle Ports des Gerates     MSP    Interface  2 1      Interface Range Mode   A single port on one interface   MSP    Interface 1 2 1 4      Interface Range Mode   A range of port
2.                                                           About         Session  Logging  Terminal  Keyboard  Bell  Features  window  Appearance  Behaviour  Translation    Selection  Colours    Connection  Data  Proxy  Telnet  Rlogin     SSH  Serial                r Specify the destination you want to connect to    Basic options for your PuTTY session    Host Name  or IP address  Port   10 100 10 100  23  Connection type     C Raw    Felnef C Rlogin    SSH C Serial       m Load  save or delete a stored session  Saved Sessions    Default Settings       Load    Save    ddy    Delete          Close window on exit   C Always    Never    Only on clean exit             Figure 12  PuTTY input screen    24    x     CLI MSP MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Access to CLI 2 4 CLI access via telnet    C Inthe Host Name  or IP address  input field you enter the IP  address of your device   The IP address  a b c d  consists of four decimal numbers with values  from 0 to 255  The four decimal numbers are separated by points     L To select the connection type  click on Telnet under Connection  type   L  Click on  Open  to set up the connection to your device     CLI appears on the screen with a window for entering the user name   Up to five users can access the Command Line Interface at the same time     Note  Change the password during the first startup procedure     L  Enter a user name  The default setting for the user name is admin   Press the Enter key    L  Enter the password  The default 
3.                    Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 static Restrict the output based on static bin   dings    P 1 dynamic Restrict the output based on dynamic bin   dings    P 2 slot no  port no    P 3 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID    CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 411    IP Source Guard  IPSG  31 4 show    CLI MSP  412 Release 2 0 02 2013    IP Subnet Based VLAN 31 4 show    32 IP Subnet Based VLAN    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 413    IP Subnet Based VLAN 32 1 vian    32 1 vian    Creation and configuration of VLANS     32 1 1 vlan association subnet    Configure Subnet association to VLAN   Mode  any  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  vlan association subnet  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 A B C D IP address   P 2 A B C D IP address        no vian association subnet  Disable the option   Mode  any  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no vlan association subnet    CLI MSP  414 Release 2 0 02 2013    IP Subnet Based VLAN 32 2 show    32 2 show    Display device options and settings     32 2 1 show vian association subnet    Display Subnet association to VLAN entries   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show vlan association subnet   lt P 1 gt      Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 a b c d e f g h IP address and mask e g  192 168 1 1   255 255 255 0            CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 415    IP Subnet Based VLAN 32 2 show    CLI MSP  416 Release 2 0 02 2013    Internet Protocol Version 4  IPv4  32 2 show    33 Internet 
4.                  18 6 7 show policy map name    Show information for the specified policy   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show policy map name  lt P 1 gt                    Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 string Enter the DiffServ policy name  max  31 cha   racters    CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 299    Differentiated Services  DiffServ     18 6 8 show service policy    18 6 show    Display a summary of policy oriented statistics information for all interfaces    in the specified direction     Mode  command is in all modes available    Privilege Level  Guest    Format  show service policy  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value    p    Pal       300    in  out          Meaning  Traffic direction in   Traffic direction out                    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Domain Name System  DNS  18 6 show    19 Domain Name System  DNS     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 301    Domain Name System  DNS  19 1 show    19 1 show    Display device options and settings     19 1 1 show dns cache status    Show DNS cache status   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show dns cache status    19 1 2 show dns client hosts    Show the DNS Client hosts table   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show dns client hosts    CLI MSP  302 Release 2 0 02 2013    Domain Name System  DNS  19 1 show    19 1 3 show dns client info    Show DNS Client related information   Mode  command is in all mo
5.       ter the    5    interval    to be sampled  max     falling threshold          the particular  32 characters              Q  w    ta is                                                             for the sampled    for the sampled       in seconds over which the  sampled and compared with the rising                      and falling thresholds    Variable is compared directly with the  thresholds    Variable is subtracted from the current va   lue and the difference compared with the  thresholds    Single rising alarm generated when the sam   ple is greater than or equal to the rising  threshold    Single falling alarm generated when the sam   ple is less than or equal to the falling  threshold    Single Rising alarm generated when the sam        ple is greal       reshold and  when the sam    single                      lingThreshold        Enter th       index of       used when    Enter th             a rising       threshold    ter than or equal to risingTh   falling alarm generated  ple is less than or equal to    fal           the event    m  Bn    try                index of          used when       a             that  is crossed     is          the event    m  EN    try       that  falling threshold is crossed     is    571    Remote Monitoring  RMON  48 2 show    48 2 show    Display device options and settings     48 2 1 show rmon statistics    Show RMON statistics configuration   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show rmon
6.      Start screen    L Open the Windows start screen on your computer with  Start gt Run       L  In the Open  input field you enter the command telnet a b c d   a b c d is the IP address of your MSP  Click OK to set up the telnet  connection to the MSP     CLI MSP MSP  22 Release 2 0 02 2013    Access to CLI 2 4 CLI access via telnet         Run ean       Type the name of a program  folder  document  or Internet  resource  and Windows will open it for you        Open  telnet 10 115 10 100  m    I This task will be created with administrative privileges          Cancel     Browse           Figure 10  Setting up the telnet connection to the MSP via the Windows entry screen    Command prompt    L  With Start gt Programs gt Accessories gt Command Prompt you start the  DOS command line interpreter on your computer     L  Enter the command telnet a b c d a b c d is the IP address of  your MSP  Press the Enter key to set up the telnet connection to the  MSP        E Administrator  Command Prompt o      ea  Microsoft Windows  Version 6 1 76611   Copyright  lt c gt  2689 Microsoft Corporation  All rights reserved     h   gt telnet 16 115 16 166_       Figure 11  Setting up the telnet connection to the MSP via the DOS command line    CLI MSP MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 23    Access to CLI    2 4 2 Telnet connection via PuTTY    2 4 CLI access via telnet    L  Start the PUTTY program on your computer     PuTTY appears with the login screen     EX PuTTY Configuration    Category           
7.      sna  4  6    smcast       sucast  bios  ell   oe    p  value        value     mac     MAC    MAC    address     address     mac        MAC    wow       IP  dom  ech    ftp       address     address     address   address   address   address   ain    0           ftp  htt  smt             snm  tel    tft             WWW    Port number    dom    data  P   P   P  net    P    ain             fServ class name        max     31 cha     263    Differentiated Services  DiffServ     Parameter Value          P 16 echo  P 16 ftp  P 16 ftpdata  P 16 http  P 16 smtp  P 16 snmp  P 16 telnet  P 16 tftp  P 16 www  P 16 0 65535  P 17 0 63  P 17 af11  P 17 af12  P 17 af13  P 17 af21  P 17 af22  P 17 af23  P 17 af31  P 17 af32  P 17 af33  P 17 af41  P 17 af42  P 17 af43  P 17 be  P 17 csO  P 17 cs1  P 17 cs2  P 17 cs3  P 17 cs4  P 17 cso  P 17 cs6  P 17 cs7  P 17 ef  P 18 0  7  P 19 string  P 20 string  P 21 icmp  P 21 igmp  P 21 ip  P 21 tcp  P 21 udp  P 21 0 255  P 22 1  4042    264    Meaning  echo    rtp  ftpdata                               www  Port number  Decimal value    1    f12   ae                   el ier weal kaa kaa pct eee pawl cel  tc ke i       on  oO    cs0  csl  cs2  cs3  cs4  cs5  cs6  cs7    er              lt 00 ff gt  Tos bi   lt 00 ff gt  Tos bi  icmp   igmp   ip   tcp   udp                      18 2 class map    Ip precedence value     ts mask        ts mask     Protocol number  Enter the VLAN I       CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Differentiated Services  DiffSer
8.     17 1 3 ip dhcp snooping database storage    This command specifies a location for the persistent DHCP Snooping bin   dings database  This can be a local file or a remote file on a given host   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  ip dhcp snooping database storage  lt P 1 gt                                               Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 local Save persistent DHCP Snooping bindings data   base to a local file    P 1 tftp loc Save persistent DHCP Snooping bindings data   base to a remote file   lt tftp loc gt     tftp      lt ip addr gt   lt filename gt         CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 247    DHCP Snooping 17 1 ip    17 1 4 ip dhcp snooping database write delay    This command configures the interval in seconds at which the DHCP Snoo   ping binding database will be saved  persistent     Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  ip dhcp snooping database write delay  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 15  86400 Interval in seconds at which the persistent  DHCP Snooping binding database will be sa   ved  The interval value ranges from 15 to  86400 seconds                 17 1 5 ip dhcp snooping binding add    This command creates a new static DHCP Snooping binding  and optionally  an associated dynamic IP Source Guard binding  between a MAC address  and an IP address  for a specific VLAN at a particular interface    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  ip dhcp snooping binding add
9.     51  51 1    51 2    51 3    52  52 1    53  53 1    53 2    50 1 1 selftest action   50 1 2 selftest ramtest   50 1 3 selftest system monitor  50 1 4 selftest boot default on error  show    50 2 1 show selftest action  50 2 2 show selftest settings    51 1 1 sflow receiver    51 2 1  sflow poller receiver   51 2 2 sflow poller interval   51 2 3  sflow sampler receiver   51 2 4 sflow sampler rate   51 2 5 sflow sampler maxheadersize    51 3 1 show sflow agent  51 3 2 show sflow receivers  51 3 3 show sflow pollers  51 3 4 show sflow samplers    Small Form factor Pluggable  SFP     show  52 1 1 show sfp    Signal Contact    signal contact   53 1 1 signal contact mode   53 1 2 signal contact monitor link failure   53 1 3 signal contact monitor module removal  signal contact monitor envm not in sync  signal contact monitor envm removal  signal contact monitor temperature  signal contact monitor ring redundancy  signal contact monitor power supply  signal contact state   10 signal contact trap   53 1 11 signal contact module    Dy ba baba ba bala  2AOONDOA    show  53 2 1 show signal contact    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    582  582  583  584    585  585  585    587    588  588    589  589  589  590  590  591    592  592  592  593  593    595    596  596    597    598  598  599  599  600  600  601  601  602  602  603  603    604  604    79    Content    53 3    54  54 1    55  55 1    55 2    55 3    56  56 1    56 2    57  57 1    57 2    58  58 1    58 2    80    signal co
10.     CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 167    Configure 10 2 save    10 2 save    Save configuration     10 2 1 save profile    Save configuration to profile   Mode  All Privileged Modes  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  save profile  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  32 charac   ters              CLI MSP  168 Release 2 0 02 2013    Configure 10 3 clear    10 3 clear    Clear several items     10 3 1 clear config    Clear running configuration   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  clear config    10 3 2 clear factory    Set device back to factory settings  use with care    Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  clear factory    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 169    Configure    10 3 3 clear sfp white list    Clear SFP WhiteList  Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  clear sfp white list    170    10 3 clear    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Configure 10 4 show    10 4 show    Display device options and settings     10 4 1 show running config xml    Show the currently running configuration  XML file    Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  show running config xml    10 4 2 show running config script    Show the currently running configuration  CLI script    Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  show running config script  all    a11   Show the currently running 
11.     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 527    Port Security 44 3 show    44 3 show    Display device options and settings     44 3 1 show port security global    Port Security global status  Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show port security global    44 3 2 show port security interface    Display port security  port MAC locking  information for system   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show port security interface   lt P 1 gt      Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no     CLI MSP  528 Release 2 0 02 2013    Port Security 44 3 show    44 3 3 show port security dynamic    Display dynamically learned MAC addresses  Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show port security dynamic  lt P 1 gt   Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no     44 3 4 show port security static    Display statically locked MAC addresses  Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show port security static  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no     44 3 5 show port security violation    Display port security violation information   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show port security violation  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 529    Port Security 44 3 show    CLI MSP  530 Release 2 0 02 2013    Precision Time Protocol  PTP  44 3 show  
12.     Display users and user accounts information   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  show users    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    67 2 show    703    Users 67 2 show    CLI MSP  704 Release 2 0 02 2013    Virtual LAN  VLAN  67 2 show    68 Virtual LAN  VLAN     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 705    Virtual LAN  VLAN     68 1 vian    Creation and configuration of VLANS     68 1 1 vlan add    Create a VLAN  Mode  any  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  vlan add  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID           68 1 2 vian delete    Delete a VLAN  Mode  any  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  vlan delete  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 2  4042 Enter VLAN ID  VLAN          68 1 vlan    ID 1 can not be deleted             or created    706    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Virtual LAN  VLAN     68 2 name    Assign a name to a VLAN  Mode  any  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  name    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    68 2 name    707    Virtual LAN  VLAN  68 3 vian unaware mode    68 3 vlan unaware mode    Enable or disable VLAN unaware mode   Mode  any  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  vlan unaware mode    CLI MSP  708 Release 2 0 02 2013    Virtual LAN  VLAN  68 4 vian    68 4 vian    Configure 802 1Q port parameters for VLANs     68 4 1 vlan acceptframe    Configure how to handle tagged untagged frames received   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  vlan acceptfram
13.     Figure 16  Listing the key combinations with the Help command    CLI MSP MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    41    Using the CLI 3 3 Properties of the CLI    3 3 3 Data entry elements    Command completion   To facilitate making entries  the CLI gives you the option of command  completion  Tab Completion   meaning that you can abbreviate key  words     Type in the beginning of a keyword  If the characters entered identify  a keyword  the CLI will complete the keyword when you press the tab  key or the space key  If there is more than one option for completion   enter the letter or the letters being necessary for uniquely identifying  the keyword  Press the tab key or the space key again  After that  the  system completes the command or parameter     If you make a non unique entry and press    Tab    or    Space    twice  the  CLI provides you with a list of options     On a non unique entry and pressing  Tab  or  Space   the CLI  completes the command up to the end of the uniqueness  if several  commands exist  When    Tab    or    Space    is pressed again  the CLI  provides you with a list of options    Example    If you enter  lo    and  Tab  or  Space     MSP   Config   lo   the CLI completes the command up to the end of the uniqueness to     log        MSP   Config  log   When    Tab    or    Space    is pressed again  the CLI provides you with a  list of options  logging  logout      MSP   Config  log   logging logout    Possible commands parameters   You can obtain a list 
14.     P 13 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID    P 14 0  7 COS   P 15 string  lt name gt  Time range name   P 16 0  7 User priority  VLAN priority    P 17 slot no  port no    P 18 slot no  port no        2 1 2 mac access list extended rename    Rename an existing MAC access list  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  mac access list extended rename  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 string  lt name gt  ACL name   P 2 string  lt name gt  ACL name     2 1 3 mac access list extended del    Delete a MAC access list   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  mac access list extended del  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 string  lt name gt  ACL name   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 99    Access Control List  ACL  2 1 mac    2 1 4 mac access group name    Associate an ACL identified by name with a VLAN ID   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  mac access group name vlan  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt   sequence   lt P 3 gt    vlan  Vlan ID   sequence   Indicate the sequence number                Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID   P 2 in Inbound direction   P 2 out Outbound direction   P 3 1  4294967295 Sequence    no mac access group name  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no mac access group name    2 1 5 mac access group del    Deassociate an ACL identified by name with a VLAN ID   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Ope
15.     P 4 1  20 Index of the profile entry    Po string Enter hash as 40 hexa decimal characters    CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 179    Configure    10 7 swap    Swap software images     10 7 1 swap firmware system system    Swap the main and backup images   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  swap firmware system system    180    10 7 swap    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Dynamic ARP Inspection 10 7 swap    11 Dynamic ARP Inspection    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 181    Dynamic ARP Inspection 11 1 ip    11 1 ip    Set IP parameters     11 1 1 ip arp inspection verify src mac    If enabled verifies the source MAC address in the ethernet packet against the  sender MAC address in a ARP request response packet body  If disabled  does not perform this additional security check    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  ip arp inspection verify src mac    no ip arp inspection verify src mac  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no ip arp inspection verify src mac    CLI MSP  182 Release 2 0 02 2013    Dynamic ARP Inspection 11 1 ip    11 1 2 ip arp inspection verify dst mac    If enabled verifies the destination MAC address in the  unicast  ethernet pa   cket against the MAC address in a ARP response packet body  If disabled  does not perform this additional security check    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  ip arp inspection verify dst mac    no ip 
16.     aging time configuration  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  bridge aging time  lt P 1 gt   Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 10  500000 Enter a number in the given range        CLI MSP  338 Release 2 0 02 2013    Filter for MAC Addresses 22 4 show    22 4 show    Display device options and settings     22 4 1 show bridge aging time    address aging time  Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show bridge aging time    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 339    Filter for MAC Addresses 22 5 show    22 5 show    Display device options and settings     22 5 1 show mac addr table    Displays the MAC address table   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show mac addr table   lt P 1 gt      Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 a b c d e f Enter a MAC address   P 1 1  4042 Enter a VLAN ID                    CLI MSP  340 Release 2 0 02 2013    Filter for MAC Addresses 22 6 clear    22 6 clear    Clear several items     22 6 1 clear mac addr table    Clears the MAC address table   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  clear mac addr table    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    341    Filter for MAC Addresses 22 6 clear    CLI MSP  342 Release 2 0 02 2013    HiDiscovery 22 6 clear    23 HiDiscovery    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 343    HiDiscovery 23 1 network    23 1 network    Configure the inband connectivity     23 1 1 network hidiscovery operation    Enable the HiDiscovery protoco
17.     no mac notification operation  Disable MAC notification globally   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no mac notification operation    37 1 2 mac notification interval    Set MAC notification interval in seconds   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  mac notification interval  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0  2147483647 MAC Notification interval in seconds           CLI MSP  476 Release 2 0 02 2013    MAC Notification 37 2 mac    37 2 mac    MAC interface commands     37 2 1 mac notification operation    Enable MAC notification on this interface   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  mac notification operation    no mac notification operation  Disable MAC notification on this interface   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no mac notification operation    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 477    MAC Notification 37 3 show    37 3 show    Display device options and settings     37 3 1 show mac notification global    Displays MAC notification global information   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show mac notification global    37 3 2 show mac notification interface    Displays MAC notification interface information   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show mac notification interface    CLI MSP  478 Release 2 0 02 2013    MAC Based VLAN 37 3 show    38 MAC Based VLAN    CLI MSP  Release 2 
18.    1 Introduction    CLI MSP MSP  8 Release 2 0 02 2013    Introduction    1 1 Command Line Interface    The Command Line Interface enables you to use the functions of the device  via a local or remote connection     The Command Line Interface provides IT specialists with a familiar  environment for configuring IT devices  As an experienced user or  administrator  you have knowledge about the basics and about using MICE  Switch Power devices     The    Command Line Interface    reference manual gives you step by step  information on using the Command Line Interface  CLI  and its commands     CLI MSP MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 9    Introduction 1 1 Command Line Interface    CLI MSP MSP  10 Release 2 0 02 2013    Access to CLI 1 1 Command Line Interface    2 Access to CLI    CLI MSP MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 11    Access to CLI 2 1 Preparing the connection    2 1 Preparing the connection    Information for assembling and starting up your MSP device can be found in  the    Installation    user manual     You will find information for configuring your MSP device in the     Configuration    user manual    L  Connect your MICE Switch Power with the network   The network parameters must be set correctly for the connection to be  successful     You can access the user interface of the Command Line Interface with the  freeware program PuTTY   This program is located on the product CD     L  Install PUTTY on your computer     CLI MSP MSP  12 Release 2 0 02 2013    Access to CLI 2 2 CLI vi
19.    15  15 1    15 2    15 3    16  16 1    16 2    16 3    16 4    16 5    17  17 1    security status  14 3 1 security status no link    Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol  DHCP     dhcp server  15 1 1 dhcp server operation    dhcp server   15 2 1 dhcp server operation  15 2 2 dhcp server pool add  15 2 3 dhcp server pool modify  15 2 4 dhcp server pool mode  15 2 5 dhcp server pool delete    show   15 3 1 show dhcp server operation  15 3 2 show dhcp server pool  15 3 3 show dhcp server interface  15 3 4 show dhcp server lease    DHCP L2 Relay    dhcp l2relay  16 1 1 dhcp l2relay mode    clear  16 2 1 clear dhcp I2relay statistics    dhcp l2relay   16 3 1 dhcp l2relay mode   16 3 2 dhcp l2relay circuit id   16 3 3 dhcp l2relay remote id ip  16 3 4 dhcp l2relay remote id mac  16 3 5 dhcp l2relay remote id client id  16 3 6 dhcp l2relay remote id other    dhcp l2relay  16 4 1 dhcp l2relay mode  16 4 2 dhcp I2relay trust    show   16 5 1 show dhcp l2relay global  16 5 2 show dhcp l2relay statistics  16 5 3 show dhcp l2relay interfaces  16 5 4 show dhcp l2relay vlan    DHCP Snooping  ip    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    225  225    227    228  228    229  229  229  230  231  232    233  233  233  234  234    235    236  236    237  237    238  238  239  239  240  240  240    241  241  241    243  243  243  244  244    245  246    63    Content    17 1 1 ip dhcp snooping verify mac 246  17 1 2 ip dhcp snooping mode 246  17 1 3 ip dhcp snooping database storage 247  17 1 4 ip dh
20.    4 gt    severity  lt P 5 gt    type  lt P 6 gt    addr  Enter the IP address of the server     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 447    Logging    36 1 logging     port   Enter the UDP port used for syslog server transmission    severity   Configure the maximum severity level to be sent to this syslog    server      type   Configure the type of log messages to be sent to the syslog server     Parameter Value    Meaning    Syslog server entry index            Hostname or IP address       IP address     UDP port number to be used       System is unusable  System failure has oc        curred        Action must be taken immediately  Unrecove              rable failure of a component  System failure  likely              Recoverable failure of a component that may                lead to system failure              Error conditions  Recoverable failure of a       component                 Minor failure  e g  misconfiguration of a    P 1 1  8   P 2 string  P 3 A B C D  P 4 1  65535  P 5 emergency  P 5 alert   P 5 critical  P 5 error   P 5 warning  P 5 notice  P 5 informational  P 5 debug  P 5 0   P 5 1   P 5 2   P 5 3   P 5 4   P 5 5   P 5 6   P 5 7   P 6 systemlog  P 6 audittrail    448    component           Normal but significant conditions           Informational messages           Debug level messages              Same as emergency                Same as alert   Same as critical  Same as error   Same as warning   Same as notice   Same as informational  Same as debug       the syst
21.    CLI MSP  224 Release 2 0 02 2013    Security Status 14 3 security status    14 3 security status    Configure the security status interface settings     14 3 1 security status no link    Configure the monitoring of the specific ports   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  security status no link    no security status no link  Disable the option   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no security status no link    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 225    Security Status 14 3 security status    CLI MSP  226 Release 2 0 02 2013    Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol 14 3 security status   DHCP     15 Dynamic Host Configuration  Protocol  DHCP     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 227    Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol 15 1 dhcp server   DHCP     15 1 dhcp server    Modify DHCP Server parameters     15 1 1 dhcp server operation    Enable the DHCP server on this port   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dhcp server operation    no dhcp server operation   Disable the DHCP server on this port   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no dhcp server operation    CLI MSP  228 Release 2 0 02 2013    Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol 15 2 dhcp server   DHCP     15 2 dhcp server    Modify DHCP Server parameters     15 2 1 dhcp server operation    Enable the DHCP server globally   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dhcp server operation    no dhcp server
22.    Enables the auto disable feature for an interface  applicable when the ARP  packet rate exceeds the limit    Mode  Interface Range Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  ip arp inspection auto disable    no ip arp inspection auto disable  Disables the auto disable feature for an interface  applicable when the  ARP packet rate exceeds the limit    Mode  Interface Range Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format no ip arp inspection auto disable    11 4 3 ip arp inspection limit    This command configures an interface for a maximum ARP packet rate in a  burst interval  or disables it  If the rate of ARP packets exceed this limit in  consecutive intervals then all further packets are dropped  If that happens  and additionally the auto disable feature is enabled  then the port is disabled  automatically    Mode  Interface Range Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  ip arp inspection limit  lt P 1 gt    lt P 2 gt                                                      Parameter Value Meaning   P 1  1  300 Specifies the rate limit value  in packets  per seconds  pps  for Dynamic ARP Inspection   DAI  purposes  The value  1 switches rate  limiting off   P 2 1  15 Specifies the burst interval value for Dyna                 mic ARP Inspection  DAI  purposes  Becaus  this parameter is optional it leaves un   changed if omitted              CLI MSP  192 Release 2 0 02 2013    Dynamic ARP Inspection 11 5 show    11 5 show    Display device options and settings     11 5 1 show ip 
23.    Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  lldp config chassis re init delay  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  10 Enter a number in the given range   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 425    Link Layer Discovery Protocol  LLDP  34 1 Ildp    34 1 5 Ildp config chassis tx delay    Enter the LLDP transmit delay in seconds   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  lldp config chassis tx delay  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  8192 Enter a number in the given range        34 1 6 Ildp config chassis tx hold multiplier    Enter the LLDP transmit hold multiplier   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  lldp config chassis tx hold multiplier  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 2  10 Enter a number in the given range        34 1 7 Ilidp config chassis tx interval    Enter the LLDP transmit interval in seconds   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  lldp config chassis tx interval  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1  5  32768 Enter a number in the given range        CLI MSP  426 Release 2 0 02 2013    Link Layer Discovery Protocol  LLDP  34 2 show    34 2 show    Display device options and settings     34 2 1 show lidp global    Display the LLDP global configurations   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show lldp global    34 2 2 show Ildp port    Display port specific LLDP configurations   Mode  command is in all modes av
24.    P 1 enable Enable the option   P 1 disable Disable the option   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 491    Media Redundancy Protocol  MRP  40 1 mrp    40 1 6 mrp domain modify port primary    Configure the primary ringport   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  mrp domain modify port primary  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no     40 1 7 mrp domain modify port secondary    Configure the secondary ringport   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  mrp domain modify port secondary  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no     CLI MSP  492 Release 2 0 02 2013    Media Redundancy Protocol  MRP  40 1 mrp    40 1 8 mrp domain modify recovery delay    Configure the MRM Recovery Delay   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  mrp domain modify recovery delay  lt P 1 gt                                                     Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 500ms Maximum recovery delay of 500ms in the MRP  domain    P 1 200ms Maximum recovery delay of 200ms in the MRP  domain    P 1 30ms Maximum recovery delay of 30ms in the MRP do   main  n This may not be supported by the de   vice     P 1 10ms Maximum recovery delay of 10ms in the MRP do   main  n This may not be supported by the de   vice      40 1 9 mrp domain modify round trip delay    Configure the round trip delay counters   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  mro domain modify round trip delay  lt P 1 
25.    P 5 1  65535 Enter port number between 1 and 65535          47 2 7 radius server auth delete    Delete a RADIUS authentication server   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  radius server auth delete  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  8 RADIUS server index        CLI MSP  560 Release 2 0 02 2013    Radius 47 2 radius    47 2 8 radius server auth modify    Change a RADIUS authentication server parameters   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  radius server auth modify  lt P 1 gt   name  lt P 2 gt     port  lt P 3 gt    msgauth   primary   status  lt P 4 gt    sec   ret   lt P 5 gt     encrypted  lt P 6 gt     name   RADIUS authentication server name    port   RADIUS authentication server port  default  1812     msgauth   Enable or disable the message authenticator attribute for this  server    primary   Configure the primary RADIUS server    status   Enable or disable a RADIUS authentication server entry    secret   Configure the shared secret for the RADIUS authentication ser   ver    encrypted   Configure the encrypted shared secret                                                  Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 1  8 RADIUS server index    P 2 string Enter a user defined text  max  32 charac   ters    P 3 1  65535 Enter port number between 1 and 65535   P 4 enable Enable the option    P 4 disable Disable the option    P 5 string Enter a user defined text  max  128 charac   ters    P 6 string Enter a user d
26.    Release 2 0 02 2013 329    802 1X Port Authentication 21 3 dot1x    21 3 13 dot1x timeout server timeout    Configure the server timeout period   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dotlx timeout server timeout  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  65535 Timeout in seconds     21 3 14 dot1x initialize    Begins the initialization sequence on the specified port  port control mode  must be  auto      Mode  Interface Range Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  dotlx initialize    no dot1x initialize   Disable the option   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no dotlx initialize    CLI MSP  330 Release 2 0 02 2013    802 1X Port Authentication 21 3 dot1x    21 3 15 dot1x re authenticate    Begins the re authentication sequence on the specified port  port control  mode must be    auto        Mode  Interface Range Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  dotlx re authenticate    no dot1x re authenticate   Disable the option   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no dotlx re authenticate    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 331    802 1X Port Authentication 21 4 clear    21 4 clear    Clear several items     21 4 1 clear dot1x statistics port    Resets the 802 1X statistics for specified port   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  clear dotlx statistics port  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no     21 4 2 clear dot1x statistics all    Resets 
27.    Show VLAN configuration of a single port   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show vlan port   lt P 1 gt      Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no     68 5 4 show vian members    Show membership of ports in particular VLAN   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show vlan members    CLI MSP  714 Release 2 0 02 2013    Virtual LAN  VLAN  68 6 network    68 6 network    Configure the inband connectivity     68 6 1 network management vian    Configure the management VLAN ID of the switch   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  network management vlan  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID           68 6 2 network management priority dotip    Configure the management VLAN priority of the switch   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  network management priority dotlp  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0  7 Enter a number in the given range   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 715    Virtual LAN  VLAN  68 6 network    68 6 3 network management priority ip dscp    Configure the management VLAN ip dscp priority of the switch   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  network management priority ip dscp  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0  63 Enter a number in the given range        CLI MSP  716 Release 2 0 02 2013    Voice VLAN 68 6 network    69 Voice VLAN    CLI MSP  Release 2 0
28.    af33  af41   af42 af43 be csO csl cs2   cs3 cs4 cs5 cs6 cs7 ef gt     set prec transmit  lt 0  7 gt     set sec cos transmit  lt 0  7 gt     transmit     class  Manage DiffServ policy class instances   name  Configure a policy class instance   p  police simple  Establish the traffic policing style for the specified class   conform action  Conform action   violate action  Violate action    drop  Drop    set cos as sec cos  Set COS aS SeC COs  set cos transmit  set cos transmit  set sec cos transmit  set sec cos transmit  set prec transmit  set prec transmit  set dscp transmit  set dscp transmit  transmit  transmit    CLI MSP  286 Release 2 0 02 2013    Differentiated Services  DiffServ     Parameter Value    P 1    CLI MSP    string  string    1  4294967295  1  128  0  7  0  7  afi1  af12  af13  af21  af22  af23  af31  af32  af33  af41  af42  af43  be  cs0  cs1  cs2  cs3  cs4  cs5  cs6  cs7  ef    0  7  0  7    Release 2 0 02 2013    Meaning       Enter  racter    a          Enter          18 3 policy map       the DiffServ policy name  max  31 cha   Ss                       the DiffServ policy name  max  31 cha        racters        Data rate  Kbps         COS va  COS va                   e na Foo a ll Pil ad oral aa el ace       on  D    cs0  csl  cs2  cs3  cs4  cs5  cs6  cs7    er                Burst size  KB      ue   ue     Ip precedence value     COS value     287    Differentiated Services  DiffServ  18 3 policy map    18 3 14policy map name class name police simple
29.   45 Precision Time Protocol  PTP     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 531    Precision Time Protocol  PTP  45 1 ptp    45 1 ptp    Enable or disable the Precision Time Protocol  IEEE 1588 2008      45 1 1 ptp operation    Enable the Precision Time Protocol  IEEE 1588 2008    Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  ptp operation    no ptp operation   Disable the Precision Time Protocol  IEEE 1588 2008    Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no ptp operation    CLI MSP  532 Release 2 0 02 2013    Precision Time Protocol  PTP  45 1 ptp    45 1 2 ptp clock mode    Configure PTPv2  IEEE1588 2008  clock mode   nlf the clock mode is chan   ged  PTP will be initialized    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  ptp clock mode  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 v2 boundary clock  P 1 v2 transparent clock    45 1 3 ptp sync lower bound    Configure the lower bound for the PTP clock synchronization status  n unit   nanoseconds   If the absolute value of the offset  nto the master clock is  smaller than the lower bound   nthe clock s status is set to synchronized   true     Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  ptp sync lower bound  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  999999999  CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 533    Precision Time Protocol  PTP  45 1 ptp    45 1 4 ptp sync upper bound    Configure the upper bound for the PTP clock synchronization status  n u
30.   545  546  546  547  547  548  548  548    549    550  550  550  551  551  551  552    553  553    555    556  556    557  557  558  558  559  559  560  560  561    TT    Content    47 3    47 4    48    48 1    48 2    49  49 1    49 2    49 3    50  50 1    78    47 2 9    radius server retransmit    47 2 10 radius server timeout    show   47 3 1  47 3 2  47 3 3  47 3 4  47 3 5    clear  47 4 1    show radius global   show radius auth servers  show radius auth statistics  show radius acct statistics  show radius acct servers    clear radius    Remote Monitoring  RMON     rmon alarm    48 1 1  48 1 2  48 1 3  48 1 4  48 1 5    show  48 2 1  48 2 2    rmon alarm add  rmon alarm enable  rmon alarm disable  rmon alarm delete  rmon alarm modify    show rmon statistics  show rmon alarm    Script File    copy   49 1 1 copy script envm   49 1 2 copy script remote   49 1 3 copy script nvm   49 1 4 copy script running config nvm  49 1 5 copy script running config envm  49 1 6 copy script running config remote  script   49 2 1 script apply   49 2 2 script validate   49 2 3 script list system   49 2 4 script list envm   49 2 5 script delete   show   49 3 1 show script envm   49 3 2 show script system   Selftest   selftest    562  562    563  563  563  564  564  564    565  565    567    568  568  569  569  569  570    572  572  572    573    574  574  574  575  576  576  576    578  578  578  579  579  579    580  580  580    581  582    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Content    50 2
31.   Disable tagging for a specific VLAN port   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no vlan tagging    68 4 6 vlan participation include    vlan participation to include  Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  vlan participation include  lt P 1 gt           Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 711    Virtual LAN  VLAN  68 4 vian    68 4 7 vlan participation exclude    vian participation to exclude  Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  vlan participation exclude  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID           68 4 8 vlan participation auto    vlan participation to auto  Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  vlan participation auto  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID           CLI MSP  712 Release 2 0 02 2013    Virtual LAN  VLAN  68 5 show    68 5 show    Display device options and settings     68 5 1 show vlan id    Display configuration of a single specified VLAN   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show vlan id  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID           68 5 2 show vlan brief    Show general VLAN parameters   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show vlan brief    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 713    Virtual LAN  VLAN  68 5 show    68 5 3 show vlan port 
32.   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  voice vlan data priority  lt P 1 gt                                      Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 trust Trust data traffic on an interface   P 1 untrust Untrust data traffic on an interface   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 723    Further Support    A Further Support    Technical Questions  For technical questions  please contact any Hirschmann dealer in your  area or Hirschmann directly     You will find the addresses of our partners on the Internet at  http  Awww hirschmann com    Contact our support at  https   hirschmann support belden eu com    You can contact us    in the EMEA region at  Tel    49  0 1805 14 1538  E mail  hac support belden com    in the America region at  Tel    1  717  217 2270  E mail  inet support us belden com    in the Asia Pacific region at  Tel    65 6854 9860  E mail  inet ap belden com    Hirschmann Competence Center  The Hirschmann Competence Center is ahead of its competitors     Consulting incorporates comprehensive technical advice  from system  evaluation through network planning to project planning    Training offers you an introduction to the basics  product briefing and  user training with certification    The current technology and product training courses can be found at  http  Awww hicomcenter com   Support ranges from the first installation through the standby service  to maintenance concepts     Further Support    With the Hirschmann Competence Center  you have d
33.   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show system pre login banner    63 3 4 show system flash status    Flash statistics  Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show system flash status    63 3 5 show system temperature limits    Show temperature limits   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show system temperature limits    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 681    System 63 3 show    63 3 6 show system temperature extremes    Minimal and maximal temperature  Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show system temperature extremes       63 3 7 show system temperature histogram    Temperature histogram  Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show system temperature histogram    CLI MSP  682 Release 2 0 02 2013    Telnet 63 3 show    64 Telnet    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 683    Telnet 64 1 telnet    64 1 telnet    Set Telnet parameters     64 1 1 telnet server    Enable the telnet server   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  telnet server       no telnet server   Disable the telnet server   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no telnet server       64 1 2 telnet timeout    Set the idle timeout for a telnet connection in minutes   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  telnet timeout  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meani
34.   Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  users enable  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 string  lt user gt  User name  up to 32 characters      67 1 4 users disable    Disable user   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  users disable  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  Pl string  lt user gt  User name  up to 32 characters      67 1 5 users password    Change user password   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  users password  lt P 1 gt    lt P 2 gt                  Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 string  lt user gt  User name  up to 32 characters     P 2 string Enter a user defined text  max  64 charac   ters    CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 699    Users 67 1 users    67 1 6 users snmpv3 authentication    Specify authentication setting for a user   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  users snmpv3 authentication  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt           Parameter Value Meaning   pal string  lt user gt  User name  up to 32 characters    P 2 md5 MD5 as SNMPv3 user authentication mode   P 2 shat SHA1l as SNMPv3 user authentication mode     67 1 7 users snmpv3 encryption    Specify encryption settings for a user   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  users snmpv3 encryption  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt        Parameter Value Meaning   Pal string  lt user gt  User name  up to 32 characters    P 2 none SNMPv3 encryption method is none    P 2 des DES as SNMPv3 encryptio
35.   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  dhcp 12relay circuit id  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID           no dhcp  2relay circuit id  Disable the option   Mode  any  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no dhcp 1l2relay circuit id    16 3 3 dhcp l2relay remote id ip    This commands sets the Option 82 Remote ID to the IP address of device  if  any assigned  else fails     Mode  any   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  dhcp 1l2relay remote id ip  lt P 1 gt           Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 239    DHCP L2 Relay 16 3 dhcp I2relay    16 3 4 dhcp l2relay remote id mac    This commands sets the Option 82 Remote ID to the MAC address of device   Mode  any  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dhcp 12relay remote id mac  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID           16 3 5 dhcp l2relay remote id client id    This commands sets the Option 82 Remote ID to the system name  sysNa   me  of device    Mode  any   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  dhcp 1l2relay remote id client id  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID           16 3 6 dhcp l2relay remote id other    This commands sets the Option 82 Remote ID manually  If it is omitted then  only the Circuit ID is inserted into a relayed DHCP message    Mode  any   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  dhcp 1l2relay remote id other  lt P 1 gt    lt P 2 gt            Parameter Value M
36.   Recoverable failure of a  component    P 5 warning Minor failure  e g  misconfiguration of a  component    P 5 notice Normal but significant conditions    P 5 informational Informational messages    P 5 debug Debug level messages    P 5 0 Same as emergency   P 5 1 Same as alert   P 5 2 Same as critical   P 5 3 Same as error   P 5 4 Same as warning   P 5 5 Same as notice   P 5 6 Same as informational   P 5 7 Same as debug   P 6 systemlog the system event log entries   P 6 audittrail the audit trail log entries    36 1 6 logging syslog operation    Enable the syslog client   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  logging syslog operation    CLI MSP  450 Release 2 0 02 2013    Logging 36 1 logging    no logging syslog operation  Disable the syslog client   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no logging syslog operation    36 1 7 logging current console operation    Enable logging messages to the current remote console   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  logging current console operation    no logging current console operation   Disable logging messages to the current remote console   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no logging current console operation    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 451    Logging 36 1 logging    36 1 8 logging current console severity    Configure the maximum severity level to be sent to the current remote con   sole    Mode  Global Confi
37.   The  Privileged Exec mode provides a wider range of commands     L  To switch to the Privileged Exec mode quickly and easily  you enter     en    and a space  The CLI completes the command to    enable     see  on page 42    Data entry elements      Execute the command with the  Enter key  The command prompt changes from  MSP   gt  to  MSP      thus informing you that you are now in the Privileged Exec mode      MSP   gt enable     MSP        46    CLI MSP MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Examples 4 1 Setting the IP address    L  Enter a question mark   to get a list of the commands available in this  mode     The network command is for executing the task     L  Enter n anda question mark   to list the range of commands that  begin with    n      Enter ne and a space  The CLI completes the command to    network      n anda space is not sufficient in this case  as it is not clear which  command you want to execute                                             MSP   n    network Show configuration for inband connectivity   no Enables or Disables a option    MSP   ne    network Show configuration for inband connectivity              Finding  completing and executing commands  L  After    network    enter a question mark to display the additional  branches of the command            MSP  network                        HiDiscovery Configure the HiDiscovery settings   management Configure management access  VLAN and address   parms Set network address  netmask and gateway  protocol Selec
38.   conform action transmit violate action    Configure a Diffserv policy   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  policy map name  lt string gt  class name  lt string gt   police simple  lt 1  4294967295 gt   lt 1  128 gt   conform action transmit violate action   drop    set cos as sec cos    set cos transmit  lt 0  7 gt     set dscp transmit   lt af11l   af12   af13   af21   af22    af23 af31l af32 af33 af41   af42 af43 be csO csl cs2   cs3 cs4 cs5  cs6 cs7l ef gt     set prec transmit  lt 0  7 gt     set sec cos transmit  lt 0  7 gt     transmit     class  Manage DiffServ policy class instances   name  Configure a policy class instance   p  police simple  Establish the traffic policing style for the specified class   conform action  Conform action   violate action  Violate action    drop  Drop    set cos as sec cos  Set COS aS SeC COs  set cos transmit  set cos transmit  set sec cos transmit  set sec cos transmit  set prec transmit  set prec transmit  set dscp transmit  set dscp transmit  transmit  transmit    CLI MSP  288 Release 2 0 02 2013    Differentiated Services  DiffServ     Parameter Value    P 1    CLI MSP    string  string    1  4294967295  1  128  0  7  afi1  af12  af13  af21  af22  af23  af31  af32  af33  af41  af42  af43  be  cs0  cs1  cs2  cs3  cs4  cs5  cs6  cs7  ef  0  7  0  7    Release 2 0 02 2013    Meaning       racters     a             racters        Data rate       Burst size  COS value                    O on E Pa el Paced aa F
39.   lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt   lt P 3 gt     lt P 4 gt    lt P 5 gt                                          Parameter Value Meaning   Pal aa bb cc dd ee  MAC address    P 2 A B C D IP address    P 3 slot no  port no    P 4 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID   P 5 active Activate the option   P 5 inactive Inactivate the option     CLI MSP  248 Release 2 0 02 2013    DHCP Snooping 17 1 ip    17 1 6 ip dhcp snooping binding delete all    This command deletes all static DHCP Snooping bindings  and optionally all  associated dynamic IP Source Guard bindings  at all interfaces    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  ip dhcp snooping binding delete all    17 1 7 ip dhcp snooping binding delete interface    This command deletes all static DHCP Snooping bindings  and optionally all  associated dynamic IP Source Guard bindings   associated with a particular  interface    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  ip dhcp snooping binding delete interface  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no     17 1 8 ip dhcp snooping binding delete mac    This command deletes one DHCP Snooping binding  and optionally the as   sociated dynamic IP Source Guard binding   associated with a MAC address   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  ip dhcp snooping binding delete mac  lt P 1 gt                 Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 aa bb cc dd ee  MAC address   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 249    DHCP Snooping 17 1 ip    17 1
40.   lt P 1 gt  module    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 603    Signal Contact 53 2 show    53 2 show    Display device options and settings     53 2 1 show signal contact    Display signal contact settings   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show signal contact  lt P 1 gt  mode monitor state  trap link alarm module all  mode  Display the signal contact mode   monitor  Display the signal contact monitor settings   state  Display the signal contact state  open close   nNote  This covers the  signal contact   s administrative nsetting as well as its actual state   trap  Display the signal contact trap information and settings   link alarm  Display the settings of the monitoring of the specific nnetwork  ports   module  Display the settings of the monitoring of the specific nmodules   all  Display all signal contact settings for the specified nsignal contact     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 signal contact no     CLI MSP  604 Release 2 0 02 2013    Signal Contact 53 3 signal contact    53 3 signal contact    Configure the signal contact interface settings     53 3 1 signal contact link alarm    Configure the monitoring of the specific network ports   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  signal contact  lt P 1 gt  link alarm    Parameter Value Meaning  Pai signal contact no     no signal contact link alarm  Disable the option   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no signal contact  lt 
41.   privilege level  administrator  operator  guest  and the mode in which you are  currently working  The commands of a specific mode are available to you  when you switch to this mode     The User Exec mode commands are an exception to this  You can also  execute these in the Privileged Exec mode     The following figure shows the modes of the Command Line Interface     CLI MSP MSP    28 Release 2 0 02 2013    Using the CLI 3 1 Mode based command hierarchy                                                    ROOT  Login Logout  Limited The User Exec  functionality User Exec Mode commands  are available in    f Privileged Exec  Mode  too   Enable Exit                            Basic functions   basic settings                   Configure Exit Vian Exit  database                                              Advanced VLAN  configurations PRC erie rela fofe lS VLAN Database Mode configu   rations          Interface  slot port       Exit                      Configurations  on one or Interface Range Mode    several ports       Figure 14  Structure of the CLI    CLI MSP MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 29    Using the CLI 3 1 Mode based command hierarchy    The CLI supports  depending on the user level  the following modes     30    User Exec mode   When you login to the CLI  you first enter the User Exec mode  The User  Exec mode contains a limited range of commands    Command prompt  MSP  gt     Privileged Exec mode   To access the entire range of commands  you enter the Privileged Exec  m
42.  02 2013 717    Voice VLAN    69 1 voice    Configure voice VLAN     69 1 1 voice vian    Enable the voice VLAN feature   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  voice vlan    no voice vian   Disable the voice VLAN feature   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no voice vlan    718    69 1 voice    CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013    Voice VLAN 69 2 show    69 2 show    Display device options and settings     69 2 1 show voice vlan global    Display the current global Voice VLAN admin mode   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show voice vlan global    69 2 2 show voice vian interface    Display asummary of the current Voice VLAN configuration for a specific port  or for all ports    Mode  command is in all modes available   Privilege Level  Guest   Format  show voice vlan interface   lt P 1 gt      Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 719    Voice VLAN 69 3 voice    69 3 voice    Configure voice VLAN     69 3 1 voice vlan vian id    Set and configure the vian id interface mode    Mode  Interface Range Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  voice vlan vlan id  lt P 1 gt   dotlp  lt P 2 gt     dotip   Set and configure the vlan id and dot1p interface mode     Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 0  4042 Enter the VLAN ID  Entering of ID 0 disables  the feature                                         P 2 0 priority 0  P 2 1 priority 1  P 2 2 priority 2  P 2 3 
43.  1    19 2    18 3 9 policy map name class name police simple conform  action set cos as sec cos violate action   18 3 10 policy map name class name police simple conform  action set cos transmit violate action   18 3 11 policy map name class name police simple conform  action set dscp transmit violate action   18 3 12 policy map name class name police simple conform  action set prec transmit violate action   18 3 13 policy map name class name police simple conform  action set sec cos transmit violate action   18 3 14 policy map name class name police simple conform  action transmit violate action   18 3 15 policy map name class name police two rate con   form action     exceed action     violate action       18 3 16 policy map name class name redirect   18 3 17 policy map name class remove   18 3 18 policy map rename   18 3 19 policy map remove    service policy  service policy    18 6 1 show diffserv global  2 show diffserv service brief  6 3 show diffserv service interface  6 4 show class map   6 5 show policy map all  6 6 show policy map interface  6 7 show policy map name  6 8 show service policy    Domain Name System  DNS     show   19 1 1 show dns cache status  19 1 2 show dns client hosts  19 1 3 show dns client info  19 1 4 show dns client servers    19 2 1 dns cache adminstate   2 dns cache flush   2 3 dns client adminstate   2 4 dns client domain name  2 5 dns client host add   2 6 dns client host delete    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    277  279  281  284  286  2
44.  1 1 network management access web timeout  39 1 2 network management access add   39 1 3 network management access delete  39 1 4 network management access modify  39 1 5 network management access operation  39 1 6 network management access status    show  39 2 1 show network management access global  39 2 2 show network management access rules    Media Redundancy Protocol  MRP     AK  63  L    O         mrp domain modify advanced mode   2 mrp domain modify manager priority  3 mrp domain modify mode   4 mrp domain modify name   5 mrp domain modify operation   6 mrp domain modify port primary  7   8   9   1   1    D  O         mrp domain modify port secondary  mrp domain modify recovery delay  mrp domain modify round trip delay  0 mrp domain modify vlan  1 mrp domain add default domain  12 mrp domain add domain id  40 1 13 mrp domain delete  40 1 14 mrp operation    AHRBHRHRAHRAHPBHKA  ODDO 9GO0O000    A   A   A   AN   1   1   se  A   le  ZA     show  40 2 1 show mrp    477  477    478  478  478    479    480  480    481  481    483    484  484  484  485  486  486  487    488  488  488    489    490  490  490  491  491  491  492  492  493  493  494  494  494  495  495    496  496    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Content    41    41 2    41 3    42  42 1    42 2    42 3    43  43 1    43 2    43 3    Protocol Based VLAN    vlan   41 1 1 vlan protocol group add  41 1 2 vlan protocol group modify  41 1 3 vlan protocol group delete    protocol  41 2 1 protocol vlan group    sho
45.  1 2 ssh timeout  61 1 3 ssh port   61 1 4 ssh max sessions  61 1 5 ssh key rsa  61 1 6 ssh key dsa   copy    61 2 1 copy sshkey remote  61 2 2 copy sshkey envm    show  61 3 1 show ssh    Storm Control    storm control  62 1 1 storm control flow control    traffic shape  62 2 1  traffic shape bw    mtu    storm control   62 4 1 storm control flow control   62 4 2 storm control ingress unit   62 4 3 storm control ingress unicast operation    62 4 4 storm control ingress unicast threshold  62 4 5 storm control ingress multicast operation  62 4 6 storm control ingress multicast threshold  62 4 7 storm control ingress broadcast operation  62 4 8 storm control ingress broadcast threshold  show   show storm control flow control    1  5 2 show storm control ingress  62 5 3 show traffic shape   5 4 show mtu    652  652  653    654  654  654  655    657    658  658  658  659  659  659  660    661  661  661    662  662    663    664  664    665  665    666    667  667  668  668  669  669  670  670  671    672  672  672  673  673    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Content    63  63 1    63 2    63 3    64  64 1    64 2    65  65 1    65 2    66  66 1    66 2    System    system   63 1 1 system name   63 1 2 system location   63 1 3 system contact   63 1 4 system pre login banner operation  63 1 5 system pre login banner text    temperature  63 2 1 temperature upper limit  63 2 2 temperature lower limit    63 3 1 show eventlog   2 show system info   3 show system pre login banner    4 s
46.  1 gt    in   out                                       Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 string Enter the DiffServ policy name  max  31 cha   racters    P 2 in Traffic direction in    P 2 out Traffic direction out    CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 267    Differentiated Services  DiffServ  18 3 policy map    18 3 2 policy map name class add    Configure a Diffserv policy    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  policy map name  lt string gt  class add  lt string gt   class  Manage DiffServ policy class instances   add  Add a policy class instance                                            Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 string Enter the DiffServ policy name  max  31 cha   racters    P 2 string Enter the DiffServ policy name  max  31 cha   racters        CLI MSP  268 Release 2 0 02 2013    Differentiated Services  DiffServ  18 3 policy map    18 3 3 policy map name class name assign queue    Configure a Diffserv policy   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  policy map name  lt string gt  class name  lt string gt   assign queue  lt 0  7 gt   class  Manage DiffServ policy class instances   name  Configure a policy class instance   assign queue  Modify the queue id to which the associated traffic stream  is assigned                                               Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 string Enter the DiffServ policy name  max  31 cha   racters    P 2 string Enter the DiffServ policy name  max  31 cha   racters    P 3 0  7 Assign q
47.  11 gt    vlan  lt P 12 gt   lt P 13 gt    cos  lt P   14 gt    log   time range  lt P 15 gt    assign queue  lt P 16 gt     mirror  lt P 17 gt    redirect  lt P 18 gt     deny  Create a new rule for the current MAC access list  Specify packets to   reject    src  Specify the source MAC and Mask    dst  Specify the destination MAC and Mask    ethertype   Specify the EtherType    vlan   Configure a match condition based on a VLAN ID     cos   Configure a match condition based on a COS value VLAN priority      log   Enable logging     time range   Activate the rule at an absolute time or periodically    permit  Create a new rule for the current MAC access list  Specify packets   to forward    src  Specify source MAC and Mask   dst  Specify the destination MAC and Mask    ethertype   Specify the Ethertype   vlan   Configure a match condition based on a VLAN ID    cos   Set COS field   log   Enable logging              time range   Activate the rule at an absolute time or periodically     CLI MSP  96 Release 2 0 02 2013    Access Control List  ACL  2 1 mac     assign queue   Configure the User Priority  VLAN priority assignment  attribute    mirror   Set Mirror Interface     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 97    Access Control List  ACL  2 1 mac     redirect   Set Redirect Interface                                                                                                                                                                             Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 s
48.  2 0 02 2013 347    Hypertext Transfer Protocol  HTTP  24 1 http    24 1 http    Set HTTP parameters     24 1 1 http port    Set the HTTP port number   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  http port  lt P 1 gt   Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 1  65535 Port number of the HTTP server  default   BON             24 1 2 http server    Enable the HTTP server   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  http server    no http server   Disable the HTTP server   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no http server    CLI MSP  348 Release 2 0 02 2013    Hypertext Transfer Protocol  HTTP  24 2 show    24 2 show    Display device options and settings     24 2 1 show http    Show HTTP server information   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show http    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 349    Hypertext Transfer Protocol  HTTP  24 2 show    CLI MSP  350 Release 2 0 02 2013    HTTP Secure  HTTPS  24 2 show    25 HTTP Secure  HTTPS     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 351    HTTP Secure  HTTPS  25 1 https    25 1 https    Set HTTPS parameters     25 1 1 https server    Enable the HTTPS server   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  https server    no https server   Disable the HTTPS server   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no https server    25 1 2 https port    Set the HTTPS port number   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privileg
49.  2 5 digital output log event all    Configure all io ports   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  digital output log event all    no digital output log event all  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no digital output log event all    30 2 6 digital output snmp trap io    Configure an io port    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  digital output snmp trap io  lt P 1 gt   Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 slot output Enter a Digital IO module output in slot   output format                                   P 1 MU output Enter a Digital IO output on the power supply  module in MU output format        no digital output snmp trap io  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no digital output snmp trap io    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 401    Digital IO Module 30 2 digital output    30 2 7 digital output snmp trap all    Configure all io ports   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  digital output snmp trap all    no digital output snmp trap all  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no digital output snmp trap all    30 2 8 digital output mirror io    Mirror a single io port   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  digital output mirror io  lt P 1 gt  disable from  lt P   2 gt   lt P 3 gt   disable  Disable Mirroring on this output port   from  Enable Mirrori
50.  3 show inlinepower slot    Display slot related inline power settings   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show inlinepower slot   lt P 1 gt      Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 module at slot no     CLI MSP  508 Release 2 0 02 2013    Power Over Ethernet  PoE  42 3 inlinepower    42 3 inlinepower    Configure inline power interface settings     42 3 1 inlinepower allowed classes    Configure the interface related inline power allowed classes   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  inlinepower allowed classes  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0  4 Enter a number in the given range        no inlinepower allowed classes  Disable the option   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no inlinepower allowed classes    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 509    Power Over Ethernet  PoE  42 3 inlinepower    42 3 2 inlinepower auto shutdown end    Configure the interface related inline power autoshutdown end time   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  inlinepower auto shutdown end  lt P 1 gt              Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 string Enter 5 alpha numerical characters  format  00 00      42 3 3 inlinepower auto shutdown start    Configure the interface related inline power autoshutdown start time   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  inlinepower auto shutdown start  lt P 1 gt              Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 string Enter 5 alpha num
51.  326  327  327    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Content    21 4    21 3 7 dot1x unauthenticated vlan  21 3 8 dot1x timeout guest vlan period  21 3 9 dot1x timeout reauth period  21 3 10 dot1x timeout quiet period  21 3 11 dot1x timeout tx period   21 3 12 dot1x timeout supp timeout  21 3 13 dot1x timeout server timeout  21 3 14 dot1x initialize   21 3 15 dot1x re authenticate    clear   21 4 1 clear dot1x statistics port  21 4 2 clear dot1x statistics all  21 4 3 clear dot1x auth history port  21 4 4 clear dot1x auth history all    22 Filter for MAC Addresses  22 1 mac filter  22 2 show  22 2 1 show mac filter table static  22 3 bridge  22 3 1 bridge aging time  22 4 show  22 4 1 show bridge aging time  22 5 show  22 5 1 show mac addr table  22 6 clear  22 6 1 clear mac addr table  23  HiDiscovery  23 1 network  23 1 1 network hidiscovery operation  23 1 2 network hidiscovery mode  23 1 3 network hidiscovery blinking  23 2 show  23 2 1 show network hidiscovery  24 Hypertext Transfer Protocol  HTTP   24 1 http  24 1 1 http port  24 1 2 http server  CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013    328  328  328  329  329  329  330  330  331    332  332  332  333  333    335    336    337  337    338  338    339  339    340  340    341  341    343    344  344  345  345    346  346    347  348    348  348    67    Content    24 2    25    25 1    25 2    25 3    26  26 1    26 2    27  27 1    27 2    27 3    27 4    68    show  24 2 1 show http    HTTP Secure  HTTPS     https   25 1 1 https 
52.  4 source port   ip  Add a match condition based on IP DSCP  precedence or TOS fields   dscp  Add a match condition based on the IP DSCP field   precedence  Add a match condition based on the IP precedence field   tos  Add a match condition based on the IP TOS field     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 261    Differentiated Services  DiffServ  18 2 class map    protocol  Add a match condition based on the IP protocol field    vlan  Add a match condition based on the VLAN field   secondary vlan  Add a match condition based on the secondary VLAN  field     CLI MSP  262 Release 2 0 02 2013    Differentiated Services  DiffServ     18 2 class map    class map  Add remove a set of match condition defined for another class     Parameter Value                                           P 1 string   P 2 0x0600 0xffff  P 2 appletalk   P 2 arp   P 2 ibmsna   P 2 ipv4   P 2 ipv6   P 2 ipx   P 2 mplsmcast   P 2 mplsucast   P 2 netbios   P 2 novell   P 2 pppoe   P 2 rarp   P 3 0  7   P 4 0  7   P 5 mac   P 6 aa bb cc dd   P 7 aa bb cc dd   P 8 mac   P 9 aa bb cc dd   P 10 aa bb cc dd   P 11 A B C D   P 12 A B C D   P 13 A B C D   P 14 A B C D   P 15 domain   P 15 echo   P 15 ftp   P 15 ftpdata   P 15 http   P 15 smtp   P 15 snmp   P 15 telnet   P 15 tftp   P 15 WWW   P 15 0 65535   P 16 domain   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013    ee     ee     ees    ee     Meaning       rac  eth  app  arp  ibm  ipv  ipv  ipx  mpl  mpl  net       nov  PPP  rar  COS  COS    Enter the Di    ters   ertype  letalk  
53.  6 1 network management vlan   68 6 2 network management priority dot1p  68 6 3 network management priority ip dscp    696    697    698  698  698  699  699  699  700  700  701  701  702    703  703    705    706  706  706    707  708    709  709  709  710  710  711  711  712  712    713  713  713  714  714    715  715  715  716    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Content    69 Voice VLAN 717  69 1 voice 718  69 1 1 voice vlan 718  69 2 show 719  69 2 1 show voice vlan global 719  69 2 2 show voice vlan interface 719  69 3 voice 720  69 3 1 voice vlan vlan id 720  69 3 2 voice vlan dot1p 721  69 3 3 voice vlan none 721  69 3 4 voice vlan untagged 721  69 3 5 voice vlan disable 722  69 3 6 voice vlan auth 722  69 3 7 voice vlan data priority 723  CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 85    Content    CLI MSP  86 Release 2 0 02 2013    IP Address Conflict Detection    1 IP Address Conflict Detection    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    87    IP Address Conflict Detection 1 1 address conflict    1 1 address conflict    Configure the address conflict settings     1 1 1 address conflict operation    Enable the address conflict component   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  address conflict operation    no address conflict operation  Disable the address conflict component   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no address conflict operation    CLI MSP  88 Release 2 0 02 2013    IP Address Conflict Detection 1 1 address conflict    1 1 2 addres
54.  8 2 show    Display device options and settings     8 2 1 show cli global    Display CLI preferences   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show cli global    8 2 2 show cli command tree    Show a list of all commands   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show cli command tree    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 149    CLI 8 3 logging    8 3 logging    Logging configuration     8 3 1 logging cli command    Enable the CLI command logging   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  logging cli command    no logging cli command   Disable the CLI command logging   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no logging cli command    CLI MSP  150 Release 2 0 02 2013    CLI 8 4 show    8 4 show    Display device options and settings     8 4 1 show logging cli command    Show the CLI command logging preferences   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show logging cli command    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 151    CLI 8 4 show    CLI MSP  152 Release 2 0 02 2013    Time 8 4 show    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 153    Time 9 1 clock    9 1 clock    Configure local and DST clock settings     9 1 1 clock set    Edit current local time   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  clock set  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 YYYY MM DD Local date  range  2004 01 01   2037 12 31    P 2 HH MM SS 
55.  9 ip dhcp snooping binding mode    This command activates or deactivates a configured static DHCP Snooping  binding  associated with a MAC address    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  ip dhcp snooping binding mode  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt                 Parameter Value Meaning   p   aa bb cc dd ee  MAC address    P 2 active Activate the option   P 2 inactive Inactivate the option        CLI MSP  250 Release 2 0 02 2013    DHCP Snooping 17 2 clear    17 2 clear    Clear several items     17 2 1 clear ip dhcp snooping bindings    This command clears all dynamic DHCP Snooping  and IP Source Guard   bindings on all interfaces or on a specific interface   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  clear ip dhcp snooping bindings   lt P 1 gt    Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no     17 2 2 clear ip dhcp snooping statistics    This command clears the DHCP Snooping statistics   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  clear ip dhcp snooping statistics    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 251    DHCP Snooping 17 3 ip    17 3 ip    IP commands     17 3 1 ip dhcp snooping mode    Enables DHCP Snooping on a VLAN    Mode  any   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  ip dhcp snooping mode  lt P 1 gt   Parameter Value Meaning  Par 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID           no ip dhcp snooping mode   Disables DHCP Snooping on a VLAN   Mode  any  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no ip dhcp snooping mode    CLI MSP  252 Relea
56.  Administrator  Format  logging console severity  lt P 1 gt                                                                                                           Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 emergency System is unusable  System failure has oc   curred    P 1 alert Action must be taken immediately  Unrecove   rable failure of a component  System failure  likely    P 1 Critical Recoverable failure of a component that may  lead to system failure    Pel error Error conditions  Recoverable failure of a  component    P 1 warning Minor failure  e g  misconfiguration of a  component    P 1 notice Normal but significant conditions    P 1 informational Informational messages    P  debug Debug level messages    P  0 Same as emergency   P  1 Same as alert   P  2 Same as critical   P  3 Same as error   P  4 Same as warning   P  5 Same as notice   P  6 Same as informational   P   7 Same as debug   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 453    Logging 36 1 logging    36 1 11 logging persistent operation    Enable persistent logging  This feature is only n available when an SD card  is inserted in the SD port    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  logging persistent operation    no logging persistent operation  Disable persistent logging  This feature is only n available when an SD  card is inserted in the SD port    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  no logging persistent operation    36 1 12 logging persistent numfiles    Enter 
57.  Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  logging audit trail  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  80 charac   ters              CLI MSP  446 Release 2 0 02 2013    Logging 36 1 logging    36 1 2 logging buffered severity    Configure the maximum severity level to be logged to the high priority buffer   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  logging buffered severity  lt P 1 gt                                                                                                        Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 emergency System is unusable  System failure has oc   curred    P 1 alert Action must be taken immediately  Unrecove   rable failure of a component  System failure  likely    P 1 critical Recoverable failure of a component that may  lead to system failure    Pei error Error conditions  Recoverable failure of a  component    P 1 warning Minor failure  e g  misconfiguration of a  component    P 1 notice Normal but significant conditions    P 1 informational Informational messages    P  debug Debug level messages    P  0 Same as emergency   P  1 Same as alert   P  2 Same as critical   P  3 Same as error   P  4 Same as warning   P  5 Same as notice   P  6 Same as informational   P  7 Same as debug          36 1 3 logging host add    Add a new logging host   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  logging host add  lt P 1 gt  addr  lt P 2 gt   lt P 3 gt   port  lt P
58.  Configure the Sync Interval in seconds  0 25 0 5 1 2    Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  ptp v2 boundary clock sync interval  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0 25   P 1 0 5   P 1 1   P 1 2   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 545    Precision Time Protocol  PTP  45 3 ptp    45 3 8 ptp v2 boundary clock announce timeout    Configure the Announce Receipt Timeout  2  10    Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  ptp v2 boundary clock announce timeout  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 2  10    45 3 9 ptp v2 boundary clock asymmetry    Set the asymmetry of the link connected to this interface  Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  ptp v2 boundary clock asymmetry  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1    2000000000  200000  0000    CLI MSP  546 Release 2 0 02 2013    Precision Time Protocol  PTP  45 3 ptp    45 3 10 ptp v2 boundary clock v1 compatibility   mode    Set the PTPv1 Hardware compatibility mode  auto on off    Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  ptp v2 boundary clock vl compatibility mode  lt P   1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 on   P 1 off   P 1 auto       45 3 11 ptp v2 boundary clock delay mechanism    Configure the delay mechanism of the boundary clock   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  ptp v2 boundary clock delay mechanism  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  Pal e2e   P 
59.  DiffServ     18 3 policy map    18 3 7 policy map name class name mirror    Configure a Diffserv policy   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator    Format  policy map name  lt string gt  class name    Miron  lt  PAL L2    2 2   2 3  3 3   3 4  AA   S o    1 3    274     4 1    5 2      class  Manage DiffServ policy class instances     name  Configure a policy class instance     mirror  All incoming packets for the associated traffic stream are copied to    a specific egress interface           1 4  3 1  4 2  5 3                      ffServ pol             ffServ pol          Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 string Enter the Di  racterS    P 2 string Enter the Di  racters    P 3 1 1 slot 1   port 1  1 2 slot 1   port 2  1 3 slot 1   port 3  1 4 slot 1   port 4  2 1 slot 2   port 1  2 2 slot 2   port 2  2 3 slot 2   port 3  2 4 slot 2   port 4  3 1 slot 3   port 1  3 2 slot 3   port 2  3 3 slot 3   port 3  3 4 slot 3   port 4  4 1 slot 4   port 1  4 2 slot 4   port 2  4 3 slot 4   port 3  4 4 slot 4   port 4  5 1 slot 5   port 1  5 2 slot 5   port 2  5 3 slot 5   port 3  5 4 slot 5   port 4    274     lt string gt   2 1    372      4 3    5 4  gt     icy name  max  31 cha        icy name  max  31 cha     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Differentiated Services  DiffServ  18 3 policy map    18 3 8 policy map name class name police simple  conform action drop violate action    Configure a Diffserv policy   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  poli
60.  EELS      CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 201    Debug 12 2 copy    12 2 3 copy tcpdumppfilter remote    Copy filter file from one memory location to another    Mode  Privileged Exec Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  copy tcpdumpfilter remote  lt P 1 gt  nvm  lt P 2 gt   nvm  Copy filter file from server to non volatile memory                 Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  128 charac   ters    P 2 string  lt filename gt  Enter a valid filename                       12 2 4 copy tcpdumpfilter envm    Copy capture filter from external non volatile memory device to non volatile  memory    Mode  Privileged Exec Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  copy tcpdumpfilter envm  lt P 1 gt  nvm   lt P 2 gt    nvm  Copy capture filter from external non volatile memory device to non vo   latile memory                 Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 string  lt filename gt  Enter a valid filename   P 2 string  lt filename gt  Enter a valid filename                                CLI MSP  202 Release 2 0 02 2013    Debug 12 2 copy    12 2 5 copy tcpdumpfilter nvm    Copy capture filter from non volatile memory   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  copy tcpdumpfilter nvm  lt P 1 gt  envm   lt P 2 gt   remote   lt P 3 gt   envm  Copy capture filter from non volatile memory to external non volatile  memory   remote  Copy capture file from non volatile memory to the server                                               Par
61.  Enter a number in the given range   P 3 1  99 Enter a number in the given range              no inlinepower slot   Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no inlinepower slot    42 1 3 inlinepower threshold    Configure the global inline power notification  trap  threshold   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  inlinepower threshold  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  99 Enter a number in the given range   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 505    Power Over Ethernet  PoE  42 1 inlinepower    42 1 4 inlinepower trap    Configure the global inline power notification  trap  setting    Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  inlinepower trap    no inlinepower trap   Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no inlinepower trap    CLI MSP  506 Release 2 0 02 2013    Power Over Ethernet  PoE  42 2 show    42 2 show    Display device options and settings     42 2 1 show inlinepower global    Show the inline power global settings   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show inlinepower global    42 2 2 show inlinepower port    Display interface related inline power settings   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show inlinepower port   lt P 1 gt      Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 507    Power Over Ethernet  PoE  42 2 show    42 2
62.  Format  address conflict delay  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 20  500 Time gap between ARP or NDP probes   ms   de   fault 200         1 1 5 address conflict release delay    Delay in seconds to the next ARP or NDP probe cycle after an ip address  conflict was detected    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  address conflict release delay  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 3  3600 Delay between probe cycles after conflict  detection   sec   default 15                           1 1 6 address conflict max protection    Maximum number of frequent address protections   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  address conflict max protection  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 0  100 Maximun number of frequent address protec   tions  default 3                     CLI MSP  90 Release 2 0 02 2013    IP Address Conflict Detection 1 1 address conflict    1 1 7 address conflict protect interval    Delay in milliseconds between two protections   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  address conflict protect interval  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 20  5000 Delay between two protections   ms   default  20 0  5    1 1 8 address conflict trap status    If enabled this trap reports an address conflict   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  address conflict trap status    no address conflict trap status  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mod
63.  H  HIRSCHMANN    A BELDEN BRAND    Reference Manual    Command Line Interface  CLI   MICE Switch Power  MSP     CLI MSP MSP Technical support  Release 2 0 02 2013 https   hirschmann support belden eu com    The naming of copyrighted trademarks in this manual  even when not specially indicated  should  not be taken to mean that these names may be considered as free in the sense of the trademark  and tradename protection law and hence that they may be freely used by anyone        2013 Hirschmann Automation and Control GmbH    Manuals and software are protected by copyright  All rights reserved  The copying  reproduction   translation  conversion into any electronic medium or machine scannable form is not permitted   either in whole or in part  An exception is the preparation of a backup copy of the software for  your own use  For devices with embedded software  the end user license agreement on the  enclosed CD DVD applies     The performance features described here are binding only if they have been expressly agreed  when the contract was made  This document was produced by Hirschmann Automation and  Control GmbH according to the best of the company s knowledge  Hirschmann reserves the right  to change the contents of this document without prior notice  Hirschmann can give no guarantee  in respect of the correctness or accuracy of the information in this document     Hirschmann can accept no responsibility for damages  resulting from the use of the network  components or the 
64.  Level  Guest  Format  show logging traplogs    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 465    Logging 36 2 show    36 2 3 show logging console    Display console logging configurations   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show logging console    36 2 4 show logging persistent    Display persistent logging configurations   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show logging persistent  logfiles    logfiles   List the persistent log files     36 2 5 show logging syslog    Display current syslog operational setting   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show logging syslog    CLI MSP  466 Release 2 0 02 2013    Logging 36 2 show    36 2 6 show logging host    Display a list of logging hosts currently configured   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show logging host    36 2 7 show logging email statistics    Display the statistics of email logging   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show logging email statistics    36 2 8 show logging email global    Display global settings of email logging feature   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show logging email global    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 467    Logging 36 2 show    36 2 9 show logging email to addr    Display list of destination addresses configured   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  F
65.  MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 535    Precision Time Protocol  PTP  45 1 ptp    45 1 8 ptp v2 transparent clock multi domain    Enable the transparent clock to process only the primary domain or all do   main numbers    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  ptp v2 transparent clock multi domain    no ptp v2 transparent clock multi domain  Disable the transparent clock to process only the primary domain or all  domain numbers    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  no ptp v2 transparent clock multi domain    45 1 9 ptp v2 transparent clock sync local clock    Enable synchronization of the local clock  also enables syntonization    Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  ptp v2 transparent clock sync local clock    no ptp v2 transparent clock sync local clock   Disable synchronization of the local clock  also enables syntonization    Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no ptp v2 transparent clock sync local clock    CLI MSP  536 Release 2 0 02 2013    Precision Time Protocol  PTP  45 1 ptp    45 1 10 ptp v2 transparent clock delay mechanism    Configure the delay mechanism of the transparent clock   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  ptp v2 transparent clock delay mechanism  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 e2e   P 1 p2p   P 1 e2e optimized   P 1 disable       45 1 11 ptp v2 transparent clock primary domain    Configure the p
66.  Operator  Format  auto power down    CLI MSP  380 Release 2 0 02 2013    Interface 28 4 cable crossing    28 4 cable crossing    Cable crossing settings on the interface  The cable crossing settings have no  effect if auto negotiation is enabled  In this case cable crossing is always set  to auto  Cable crossing is set to the value chosen by the user if auto negoti   ation is disabled    Mode  Interface Range Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  cable crossing    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 381    Interface 28 5 linktraps    28 5 linktraps    Enable disable link up down traps on the interface   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  linktraps    CLI MSP  382 Release 2 0 02 2013    Interface 28 6 speed    28 6 speed    Sets the speed and duplex setting for the interface   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  speed    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 383    Interface    28   name    Set or remove a descriptive name for the interface     Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  name    384    28 7 name    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Interface 28 8 power state    28 8 power state    Enable or disable the power state on the interface  The interface power state  settings have no effect if the interface admin state is enabled    Mode  Interface Range Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  power state    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 385    Interface    28 9 mac filter    static mac filter configuratio
67.  Operator  Format  no dos icmp smurf attack    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 317    DoS Mitigation 20 2 show    20 2 show    Display device options and settings     20 2 1 show dos    Show DoS Mitigation parameters  Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show dos    CLI MSP  318 Release 2 0 02 2013    802 1X Port Authentication 20 2 show    21 802 1X Port Authentication    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 319    802 1X Port Authentication 21 1 dot1x    21 1 dot1x    Configure 802 1X parameters     21 1 1 dot1x dynamic vian    Creates VLANs dynamically when a RADIUS assigned VLAN does not exist   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dotlx dynamic vlan    no dot1x dynamic vlan   Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no dotlx dynamic vlan    21 1 2 dot1x system auth control    Enable or disable 802 1X authentication support on the switch   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dotlx system auth control    CLI MSP  320 Release 2 0 02 2013    802 1X Port Authentication 21 1 dot1x    no dot1x system auth control  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no dotlx system auth control    21 1 3 dot1x monitor    Enable or disable 802 1X monitor mode   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dotlx monitor    no dot1x monitor   Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  
68.  PTP global status   v2 boundary clock   Show PTP Boundary Clock status   v2 transparent clock   Show PTP Transparent Clock status   port   Show PTP port values   v2 transparent clock   Show the PTP Transparent Clock port values   v2 boundary clock   Show the PTP Boundary Clock port values     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 541    Precision Time Protocol  PTP  45 3 ptp    45 3 ptp    Enable or disable the Precision Time Protocol  IEEE 1588 2008  on a port     45 3 1 ptp v2 transparent clock operation    Enable the sending and receiving   processing of PTP synchronization mes   sages    Mode  Interface Range Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  ptp v2 transparent clock operation    no ptp v2 transparent clock operation  Disable the sending and receiving   processing of PTP synchronization  messages    Mode  Interface Range Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  no ptp v2 transparent clock operation    CLI MSP  542 Release 2 0 02 2013    Precision Time Protocol  PTP  45 3 ptp    45 3 2 ptp v2 transparent clock asymmetry    Set the asymmetry of the link connected to this interface  Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  ptp v2 transparent clock asymmetry  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1    2000000000  200000   0000    45 3 3 ptp v2 transparent clock pdelay interval    Configure the Peer Delay Interval in seconds  1 2 4 8 16 32    nThis interval  is used if delay mechanism is set to p2p   Mode  Interface Range Mode   Privi
69.  Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no     43 1 5 show port monitor crc fragments    Display CRC Fragments counts for a specific interface  Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show port monitor crc fragments  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 515    Port Monitor 43 2 port monitor    43 2 port monitor    Configure the Port Monitor condition settings     43 2 1 port monitor operation    Enable the port monitor  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  port monitor operation    no port monitor operation  Disable the port monitor  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no port monitor operation    CLI MSP  516 Release 2 0 02 2013    Port Monitor 43 3 port monitor    43 3 port monitor    Configure the Port Monitor condition settings     43 3 1 port monitor condition crc fragments inter   val    Configure the measure interval in seconds  5 180s  for CRC Fragment de   tection  Default 10   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  port monitor condition crc fragments interval   lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 5  180 Enter a number in the given range        43 3 2 port monitor condition crc fragments count    Configure the CRC Fragment counter  1 1000000   Default 1000   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  port monitor condition crc fragments count  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value 
70.  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no signal contact  lt P 1 gt  monitor envm removal    CLI MSP  600 Release 2 0 02 2013    Signal Contact 53 1 signal contact    53 1 6 signal contact monitor temperature    Sets the monitoring of the device temperature   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  signal contact  lt P 1 gt  monitor temperature    Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 signal contact no     no signal contact monitor temperature  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no signal contact  lt P 1 gt  monitor temperature    53 1 7 signal contact monitor ring redundancy    Sets the monitoring of the ring redundancy   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  signal contact  lt P 1 gt  monitor ring redundancy    Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 signal contact no     no signal contact monitor ring redundancy  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no signal contact  lt P 1 gt  monitor ring redun   dancy    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 601    Signal Contact 53 1 signal contact    53 1 8 signal contact monitor power supply    Sets the monitoring of the power supply s    Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  signal contact  lt P 1 gt  monitor power supply  lt P 2 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 signal contact no   P 2 1  2 Number of power supply        no signal contact monitor power supply  Disable the opt
71.  ae  OONBHOKRWNH    Port Security    port security  44 1 1  port security operation    port security    2 1 port security operation  44 2 2 port security max dynamic  44 2 3 port security max static  44 2 4 port security mac address add  44 2 5 port security mac address move  44 2 6 port security mac address delete  44 2 7 port security violation traps    44 3 1 show port security global  2 show port security interface  3 3 show port security dynamic  44 3 4 show port security static  3 5 show port security violation    Precision Time Protocol  PTP     ptp    45 1 1 ptp operation    2 ptp clock mode    3 ptp sync lower bound    4 ptp sync upper bound    5 ptp management    6 ptp v2 transparent clock syntonization    7 ptp v2 transparent clock network protocol   8 ptp v2 transparent clock multi domain    9 ptp v2 transparent clock sync local clock   10 ptp v2 transparent clock delay mechanism   11 ptp v2 transparent clock primary domain   12 ptp v2 transparent clock vlan    13 ptp v2 transparent clock vlan priority    14 ptp v2 boundary clock domain    15 ptp v2 boundary clock priority 1    16 ptp v2 boundary clock priority2    AAR ARARARARARAARARARDA  01 01 OF O71 O1 OF OI OI O O O O71 01 O O     1   1  1   1   1  1   1   1  1  1   1  1  1   1  a    517  518  518  519  519  520  520  521    523    524  524    525  525  525  526  526  526  527  527    528  528  528  529  529  529    531    532  532  533  533  534  534  535  535  536  536  537  537  538  538  538  539  539    C
72.  arp inspection statistics 187  11 3 ip 188  11 3 1 ip arp inspection mode 188  11 3 2 ip arp inspection log 189  11 3 3 ip arp inspection bind check 189  11 3 4 ip arp inspection access list strict 190  11 3 5 ip arp inspection access list assign 190  11 4 ip 191  11 4 1 ip arp inspection trust 191  11 4 2 ip arp inspection auto disable 192  11 4 3 ip arp inspection limit 192  11 5 show 193  11 5 1 show ip arp inspection global 193  11 5 2 show ip arp inspection statistics dropped 193  11 5 3 show ip arp inspection statistics forwarded 194  11 5 4 show ip arp inspection access list names 194  11 5 5 show ip arp inspection access list rules 194  11 5 6 show ip arp inspection interfaces 195  11 5 7 show ip arp inspection vlan 195  12 Debug 197  12 1 debug 198  12 1 1 debug tcpdump help 198  12 1 2 debug tcpdump start cpu 198  12 1 3 debug tcpdump stop 199  12 1 4 debug tcpdump filter show 199  12 1 5 debug tcpdump filter list 199  12 1 6 debug tcpdump filter delete 200  12 2 copy 201  12 2 1 copy tcpdumpcap nvm envm 201  12 2 2 copy tcpdumpcap nvm remote 201  12 2 3 copy tcpdumpfilter remote 202  12 2 4 copy tcpdumpfilter envm 202  12 2 5 copy tcpdumpfilter nvm 203  CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 61    Content    13  13 1    13 2    13 3    14  14 1    14 2    62    Device Status    device status   13 1 1 device status monitor link failure   13 1 2 device status monitor temperature  13 1 3 device status monitor module removal  1 4 device status monitor envm removal  1 5 device
73.  broadcast address  59 1 13 sntp server broadcast port  59 1 14 sntp server broadcast interval  59 1 15 sntp server broadcast vlan  59 2 show  59 2 1 show sntp global  59 2 2 show snip client status  59 2 3 show snip client server  59 2 4 show sntp server status  59 2 5 show sntp server broadcast  60 Spanning Tree  60 1 spanning tree  60 1 1 spanning tree operation  60 1 2 spanning tree bpdu filter  60 1 3  spanning tree bpdu guard  60 1 4 spanning tree bpdu migration check  60 1 5 spanning tree forceversion  60 1 6 spanning tree forward time  60 1 7 spanning tree hello time  60 1 8 spanning tree hold count  60 1 9 spanning tree max age  60 1 10 spanning tree mst priority  60 2 spanning tree  60 2 1 spanning tree mode  60 2 2 spanning tree bpdu flood  60 2 3 spanning tree edge auto  60 2 4 spanning tree edge port  60 2 5 spanning tree guard loop  60 2 6 spanning tree guard root  CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013    629    631    632  632  633  633  633  634  635  635  636  636  637  637  638  638  638  639    640  640  640  641  641  641    643    644  644  644  645  646  646  646  647  647  647  648    649  649  649  650  650  651  651    81    Content    60 3    61  61 1    61 2    61 3    62  62 1    62 2    62 3  62 4    62 5    82       spanning tree guard tcn  60 2 8 spanning tree cost  60 2 9 spanning tree priority    show   60 3 1 show spanning tree global  60 3 2 show spanning tree mst  60 3 3 show spanning tree port    Secure Shell  SSH     ssh   61 1 1 ssh server   61
74.  execut    the command     51    Examples 4 3 Syntax of the  radius server auth  add    command    4 3 Syntax of the    radius server  auth add    command    Use this command to add a RADIUS authentication server   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  radius server auth add  lt 1  8 gt  ip  lt a b c d gt    name  lt string gt    port  lt 1  65535 gt     name   RADIUS authentication server name    port   RADIUS authentication server port  default  1813      Parameter Meaning Possible values   lt 1  8 gt  RADIUS server index  1  8   lt a b c d gt  RADIUS accounting server IP address  IP address   lt string gt  Enter a user defined text  max  32 characters     lt 1  65535 gt  Enter port number between 1 and 65535  Iaa 65535    Mode and Privilege Level   You need to be in Global Config mode to be able to execute the command   see chapter 28    Mode based command hierarchy       You need to have Administrator Privilege Level to be able to execute the  command     Syntax of commands and parameters   See table 34    Parameter and command syntax       Examples for executable commands   radius server auth add 1 ip 10 115 30 40  radius server auth add 2 ip 10 115 40 50 name  radiusserver2  radius server auth add 3 ip 10 115 50 60 port 1813  radius server auth add 4 ip 10 115 60 70 name  radiusserver4 port 1814    CLI MSP MSP  52 Release 2 0 02 2013    Maintenance    5 Maintenance    Hirschmann is continually working to improve and develop our software  You 
75.  fin          xt  max     49 1 copy    128 charac        128 charac     Copy Script file from non volatile system memory to destination   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  copy script nvm  lt P 1 gt  running config envm  lt P 2 gt     remote  lt P 3 gt     running config  Copy Script file from non volatile system memory to run     ning config     envm  Copy Script file to external non volative memory device     remote  Copy Script file to file server     Parameter Value    Ped string  pa  string  P 3 string  CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013    Meaning          Enter a user d  ters     Enter a user d    fin    fin    t  max           ters        Enter a user d       fin       t  max                 ters     t  max     128 charac     128 charac        128 charac     575    Script File 49 1 copy    49 1 4 copy script running config nvm    Copy running configuration to non volatile memory    Mode  Privileged Exec Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  copy script running config nvm  lt P 1 gt   all    all   Copy all running configuration to non volatile memory     Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  128 charac   ters              49 1 5 copy script running config envm    Copy running configuration to external non volative memory device   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  copy script running config envm  lt P 1 gt   all    all   Copy all running configuration to external no
76.  given range     552    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Password Management 46 2 show    46 2 show    Display device options and settings     46 2 1 show passwords    Display password policies and options   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  show passwords    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 553    Password Management 46 2 show    CLI MSP  554 Release 2 0 02 2013    Radius 46 2 show    47 Radius    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 555    Radius 47 1 authorization    47 1 authorization    Configure authorization parameters     47 1 1 authorization network radius    Enable the switch to accept VLAN assignment by the RADIUS server   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  authorization network radius    no authorization network radius   Disable the switch to accept VLAN assignment by the RADIUS server   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format no authorization network radius    CLI MSP  556 Release 2 0 02 2013    Radius 47 2 radius    47 2 radius    Configure RADIUS parameters     47 2 1 radius accounting mode    Enable RADIUS accounting function   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  radius accounting mode    no radius accounting mode  Disable RADIUS accounting function   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no radius accounting mode    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 557    Radius 47 2 radius    47 2 2 radius server attribute 4    Speci
77.  in the given range    P 3 1  25 Enter a number in the given range    P 4 0  3600 Enter a number in the given range    P 5 A B C D IP address    P 6 query and registe  Addition of query ports to multicast filter  red ports portmasks    P 6 registered ports only No addition of query ports to multicast fil    ter portmasks    P 7 slot no  port no    P 8 slot no  port no    P 9 slot no  port no     no igmp snooping vian id  Disable the option   Mode  any  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no igmp snooping vlan id    CLI MSP  366 Release 2 0 02 2013    IGMP Snooping 27 3 igmp snooping    2  3 igmp snooping    Configure IGMP snooping     27 3 1 igmp snooping mode    Enable IGMP snooping per interface   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  igmp snooping mode    no igmp snooping mode   Disable IGMP snooping per interface   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no igmp snooping mode    27 3 2 igmp snooping fast leave    Enable IGMP snooping fast leave per interface   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  igmp snooping fast leave    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 367    IGMP Snooping 27 3 igmp snooping    no igmp snooping fast leave   Disable IGMP snooping fast leave per interface   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no igmp snooping fast leave    27 3 3 igmp snooping groupmembership interval    Set IGMP group membership interval time  2 3600  in seconds per interface   Mode  Interfa
78.  interface  MSP   slot port           Table 1  Command modes    If you enter a question mark     after the prompt  the CLI displays a list of the  available commands and a short description of the commands                                                   MSP   gt    cli Set the CLI preferences    enable Turn on privileged commands    help Display help for various special keys    history Show a list of previously run commands    logout Exit this session    ping Send ICMP echo packets to a specified IP address    show Display device options and settings    telnet Establish a telnet connection to a remote host    MSP   gt     Figure 15  Commands in the User Exec mode    CLI MSP MSP  32 Release 2 0 02 2013    Using the CLI 3 2 Executing the commands    3 2 Executing the commands    3 2 1 Syntax analysis    After you login to the CLI session  you enter the User Exec mode  The   MSP  gt  prompt is displayed on the screen     When you enter a command and press the Enter key  the CLI starts the  syntax analysis  The CLI searches the command tree for the desired  command    If the CLI does not find the command  a message informs you of the detected  error     Example    The user wants to execute the show system info command  but enters     info    without    f    and presses the Enter key    The CLI then displays a message      MSP  gt show system ino  Error  Invalid command     ino              3 2 2 Command tree    The commands in the CLI are organized in a tree structure  The comm
79.  lt P 4 gt    secret   lt P 5 gt     encryp   ted  lt P 6 gt     name   RADIUS accounting server name    port   RADIUS accounting server port  default  1813     status   Enable or disable a RADIUS accounting server entry    secret   Configure the shared secret for the RADIUS accounting server    encrypted   Configure the encrypted shared secret                                                     Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 1  8 RADIUS server index    P 2 string Enter a user defined text  max  32 charac   ters    P 3 1  65535 Enter port number between 1 and 65535   P 4 enable Enable the option    P 4 disable Disable the option    P 5 string Enter a user defined text  max  128 charac   ters    P 6 string Enter a user defined text  max  128 charac   ters    CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 559    Radius 47 2 radius    47 2 6 radius server auth add    Add a RADIUS authentication server   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  radius server auth add  lt P 1 gt  ip  lt P 2 gt   lt P 3 gt   name   lt P 4 gt    port  lt P 5 gt    ip  RADIUS authentication server IP address    name   RADIUS authentication server name    port   RADIUS authentication server port  default  1812                                             Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 1  8 Next RADIUS server valid index  it can be  seen with   show radius global  command     P 2 string Hostname or IP address   P 3 A B C D IP address    P 4 string Enter a user defined text  max  32 charac   ters 
80.  lt P 40 gt    redirect  lt P 41 gt     deny  Create a new rule for the current IP access list  Specify packets to re    ject    src  Specify the source IP and Mask    eq   Port Number   dst  Specify the destination IP and Mask    eq   Port Number   proto  Specify the protocol    precedence   Precedence    log   Enable logging    time range   Activate the rule at an absolute time or periodically     CLI MSP  104 Release 2 0 02 2013    Access Control List  ACL  2 3 ip     assign queue   Configure the User Priority  VLAN priority assignment  attribute     tos   TOS    log   Enable logging    time range   Activate the rule at an absolute time or periodically    assign queue   Configure the User Priority  VLAN priority assignment  attribute     dscp   DSCP    log   Enable logging    time range   Activate the rule at an absolute time or periodically    assign queue   Configure the User Priority  VLAN priority assignment  attribute    every  Every pachet regardless the content     log   Enable logging    time range   Activate the rule at an absolute time or periodically    assign queue   Configure the User Priority  VLAN priority assignment  attribute    permit  Create a new rule for the current IP access list  Specify packets to  forward    src  Specify the source IP and Mask    eq   Port Number   dst  Specify destination IP and Mask    eq   Port Number   proto  Specify the protocol    precedence   Precedence    log   Enable logging    time range   Activate the rule at an absolute
81.  map rename  lt string gt   lt string gt                                               Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 string Enter the DiffServ policy name  max  31 cha   racters    P 2 string Enter the DiffServ policy name  max  31 cha   racters    CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 293    Differentiated Services  DiffServ  18 3 policy map    18 3 19 policy map remove    Remove a Diffserv policy   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  policy map remove  lt string gt                    Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 string Enter the DiffServ policy name  max  31 cha   racters     CLI MSP  294 Release 2 0 02 2013    Differentiated Services  DiffServ  18 4 service policy    18 4 service policy    Assign detach a DiffServ traffic conditioning policy to from an interface   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  service policy    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 295    Differentiated Services  DiffServ  18 5 service policy    18 5 service policy    Assign detach a DiffServ traffic conditioning policy to from an interface   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  service policy    CLI MSP  296 Release 2 0 02 2013    Differentiated Services  DiffServ  18 6 show    18 6 show    Display device options and settings     18 6 1 show diffserv global    Show DiffServ global information   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show diffserv global    18 6 2 show diffserv service brief    Display DiffS
82.  max  4 characters    Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  clock summer time zone  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 string Edit the timezone acronym  max 4 charac   ters         CLI MSP  158 Release 2 0 02 2013    Time 9 2 show    9 2 show    Display device options and settings     9 2 1 show clock    Display the current time information   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show clock  summer time    summer time   Display summer time parameters     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 159    Time 9 2 show    CLI MSP  160 Release 2 0 02 2013    Configure 9 2 show    10 Configure    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 161    Configure 10 1 copy    10 1 copy    Copy different kinds of items     10 1 1 copy sysinfo system envm    Copy system information for service purpose to external non volative memo   ry device    Mode  Privileged Exec Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  copy sysinfo system envm  filename  lt P 1 gt     filename   Enter filename  filename xyz html  on external non volative  memory device   Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  32 charac   ters              10 1 2 copy sysinfoall system envm    Copy system information and event log to external non volative memory de   vice    Mode  Privileged Exec Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  copy sysinfoall system envm    CLI MSP  162 Release 2 0 02 2013    Configure 10 1 copy    10 1 3 copy firmware envm    Cop
83.  no     CLI MSP  374 Release 2 0 02 2013    IGMP Snooping 27 5 show    27 5 show    Display device options and settings     27 5 1 show mac filter table igmp snooping    Display IGMP snooping entries in the MFDB table   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show mac filter table igmp snooping    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 375    IGMP Snooping    2  6 clear    Clear several items     27 6 1 clear igmp snooping    Clear all IGMP snooping entries   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  clear igmp snooping    376    27 6 clear    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Interface 27 6 clear    28 Interface    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 377    Interface    28 1 shutdown    Enable or disable the interface   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  shutdown    378    28 1 shutdown    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Interface 28 2 auto negotiate    28 2 auto negotiate    Enable or disable automatic negotiation on the interface  The cable crossing  settings have no effect if auto negotiation is enabled  In this case cable cros   sing is always set to auto  Cable crossing is set to the value chosen by the  user if auto negotiation is disabled    Mode  Interface Range Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  auto negotiate    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 379    Interface 28 3 auto power down    28 3 auto power down    Set the auto power down mode on the interface   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level 
84.  operation   Disable the DHCP server globally   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no dhcp server operation    15 2 2 dhcp server pool add    Add a pool  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dhcp server pool add  lt P 1 gt  dynamic  lt P 2 gt   lt P 3 gt   static  lt P 4 gt   dynamic  Add a dynamic pool  one or more IPs      CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 229    Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol 15 2 dhcp server   DHCP     static  Add a static pool  one IP         Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  128 Pool ID   P 2 A B C D IP address   P 3 A B C D IP address   P 4 A B C D IP address        15 2 3 dhcp server pool modify    Modify the dynamic address pool  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dhcp server pool modify  lt P 1 gt  mode interface  lt P   2 gt  mac  lt P 3 gt  clientid  lt P 4 gt  remoteid  lt P 5 gt  circuitid   lt P 6 gt  relay  lt P 7 gt  vlan  lt P 8 gt  leasetime  lt P 9 gt  option  configpath  lt P 10 gt  gateway  lt P 11 gt  netmask  lt P 12 gt  wins   lt P 13 gt  dns  lt P 14 gt  hostname  lt P 15 gt    mode  Pool mode settings    interface  Interface mode    mac  MAC mode    clientid  Clientid mode    remoteid  Remoteid mode    circuitid  Circuitid mode    relay  Relay mode    vlan  VLAN mode    leasetime  Enter the leasetime in seconds    option  Configuration option    configpath  Configpath in  tftp    lt servername gt   lt file gt   format    gateway  Default gateway    netmask  Op
85.  pwd str not config    Sets the monitoring whether the password minimum nstrength check is con   figured    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  security status monitor pwd str not config    no security status monitor pwd str not config  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no security status monitor pwd str not config    14 1 4 security status monitor bypass pwd   strength    Sets the monitoring whether at least one user is nconfigured to bypass  strength check    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  security status monitor bypass pwd strength    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 217    Security Status 14 1 security status    no security status monitor bypass pwd strength  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no security status monitor bypass pwd   strength    14 1 5 security status monitor telnet enabled    Sets the monitoring of the activation of telnet on nthe switch   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  security status monitor telnet enabled    no security status monitor telnet enabled  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no security status monitor telnet enabled    14 1 6 security status monitor http enabled    Sets the monitoring of the activation of http on the switch   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format 
86.  security status monitor http enabled    CLI MSP  218 Release 2 0 02 2013    Security Status 14 1 security status    no security status monitor http enabled  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no security status monitor http enabled    14 1 7 security status monitor snmp unsecure    Sets the monitoring of SNMP security n SNMP v1 v2 is enabled or v3 encry   tion is disabled     Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  security status monitor snmp unsecure    no security status monitor snmp unsecure  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no security status monitor snmp unsecure    14 1 8 security status monitor sysmon enabled    Sets the monitoring of the activation of System Monitor 1 on the switch   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  security status monitor sysmon enabled    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 219    Security Status 14 1 security status    no security status monitor sysmon enabled  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no security status monitor sysmon enabled    14 1 9 security status monitor extnvm upd enab   led    Sets the monitoring of activation of the configuration n saving to external non  volatile memory    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  security status monitor extnvm upd enabled    no security status monitor extnvm 
87.  should regularly check whether there is a new version of the software that  provides you with additional benefits  You will find software information and  downloads on the product pages of the Hirschmann website     CLI MSP MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 53     H  HIRSCHMANN    A BELDEN BRAND    Reference Manual    Command Line Interface  CLI  Command reference  MICE Switch Power  MSP     CLI MSP Technical support  Release 2 0 02 2013 HAC Support Belden com    The naming of copyrighted trademarks in this manual  even when not specially indicated  should  not be taken to mean that these names may be considered as free in the sense of the trademark  and tradename protection law and hence that they may be freely used by anyone        2013 Hirschmann Automation and Control GmbH    Manuals and software are protected by copyright  All rights reserved  The copying  reproduction   translation  conversion into any electronic medium or machine scannable form is not permitted   either in whole or in part  An exception is the preparation of a backup copy of the software for  your own use  For devices with embedded software  the end user license agreement on the en   closed CD DVD applies     The performance features described here are binding only if they have been expressly agreed  when the contract was made  This document was produced by Hirschmann Automation and  Control GmbH according to the best of the company s knowledge  Hirschmann reserves the right  to change the contents of this doc
88.  statistics   lt P 1 gt      Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no     48 2 2 show rmon alarm    Display configuration on RMON alarms   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show rmon alarm    CLI MSP  572 Release 2 0 02 2013    Script File 48 2 show    49 Script File    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 573    Script File 49 1 copy    49 1 copy    Copy different kinds of items     49 1 1 copy script envm    Copy script file from external non volative memory device    Mode  Privileged Exec Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  copy script envm  lt P 1 gt  running config nvm  lt P 2 gt   running config  Copy Script file from external non volatile memory to  running config   nvm  Copy Script file to non volatile memory                                Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  128 charac   ters    P 2 string Enter a user defined text  max  128 charac   ters        49 1 2 copy script remote    Copy Script file from server   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  copy script remote  lt P 1 gt  running config nvm  lt P   2 gt   running config  Copy Script file from file server to running config     CLI MSP  574 Release 2 0 02 2013    Script File    nvm  Copy Script file to non volatile memory     Parameter Value  Bal string    p 2 string    Meaning  Enter a user d    fin          ters     xt  max              Enter a user d  ters        49 1 3 copy script nvm      
89.  status monitor envm not in sync  1 6 device status monitor ring redundancy  1 7 device status monitor power supply   1 8 device status trap   1 9 device status module    13 2 1 show device status monitor  13 2 2 show device status state  13 2 3 show device status trap  13 2 4 show device status link alarm  13 2 5 show device status module  13 2 6 show device status all    device status  13 3 1 device status link alarm    Security Status    security status   14 1 1 security status monitor pwd change   14 1 2 security status monitor pwd min length   1 3 security status monitor pwd str not config  1 4 security status monitor bypass pwd strength  1 5  security status monitor telnet enabled   1 6 security status monitor http enabled   1 7 security status monitor snmp unsecure   1 8 security status monitor sysmon enabled    1 9 security status monitor extnvm upd enabled   1 10 security status monitor no link enabled  14 1 11 security status monitor hidisc write enabled  14 1 12 security status monitor extnvm load unsecure  14 1 13 security status trap    14 2 1 show security status monitor  2 show security status state  2 3 show security status no link  14 2 4 show security status trap  2 5 show security status all    205    206  206  206  207  207  208  208  209  209  210    211  211  211  212  212  212  213    214  214    215    216  216  216  217  217  218  218  219  219  220  220  221  221  222    223  223  223  224  224  224    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Content    14 3 
90.  storm control ingress unicast operation  Disable ingress unicast storm control   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no storm control ingress unicast operation    CLI MSP  668 Release 2 0 02 2013    Storm Control 62 4 storm control    62 4 4 storm control ingress unicast threshold    Set threshold value  Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  storm control ingress unicast threshold  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0  1000000 Enter a number in the given range        62 4 5 storm control ingress multicast operation    Enable ingress multicast storm control   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  storm control ingress multicast operation    no storm control ingress multicast operation  Disable ingress multicast storm control   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no storm control ingress multicast operation    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 669    Storm Control 62 4 storm control    62 4 6 storm control ingress multicast threshold    Set threshold value   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  storm control ingress multicast threshold  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0  1000000 Enter a number in the given range        62 4 7 storm control ingress broadcast operation    Enable ingress broadcast storm control   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  storm control ingress broadcast operation    no storm control in
91.  time or periodically    mirror   Set Mirror Interface    redirect   Set Redirect Interface    tos   TOS    log   Enable logging    time range   Activate the rule at an absolute time or periodically    assign queue   Configure the User Priority  VLAN priority assignment  attribute     mirror   Set Mirror Interface    redirect   Set Redirect Interface    dscp   DSCP    log   Enable logging    time range   Activate the rule at an absolute time or periodically    assign queue   Configure the User Priority  VLAN priority assignment  attribute     mirror   Set Mirror Interface    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 105    Access Control List  ACL  2 3 ip     redirect   Set Redirect Interface  every  Every pachet regardless the content      log   Enable logging   time range   Activate the rule at an absolute time or periodically      assign queue   Configure the User Priority  VLAN priority assignment    attribute    mirror   Set Mirror Interface    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    106    Access Control List  ACL     2 3 ip     redirect   Set Redirect Interface    Parameter Value    PSL  P 1       P 2  P 2  P 2  P 2  B 2  P 2  P 2  P 2  P 2  P 2  P 2  B35       oa Ai alt FU seco lies  OLOIALDIOI ny aa aA son    go           tg  l    CLI MSP    any  a b c d e f g h    domain  echo  ftp  ftpdata  http  smtp  snmp  telnet  tftp  www  1 65535  any    a b c d e f g h    domain  echo  ftp  ftpdata  http  smtp  snmp  telnet  tftp  www  1 65535  icmp  igmp  ip in ip  tcp  udp   ip  1 255  0  7  st
92.  tree hello time    Set the Hello Time parameter  s    Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  spanning tree hello time  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  PH1 1  2 Set the Hello Time parameter  unit  se   conds      60 1 8 spanning tree hold count    Set bridge hold count parameter   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  spanning tree hold count  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  40 Set bridge hold count parameter     60 1 9 spanning tree max age    Set the bridge Max Age parameter   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  sopanning tree max age  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 6  40 Set the bridge Max Age parameter   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 647    Spanning Tree 60 1 spanning tree    60 1 10 spanning tree mst priority    Specify the bridge priority used by a MST instance   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  spanning tree mst priority  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt                    Parameter Value Meaning   Pal 0 Enter the multiple spanning tree ID 0  0 is  for CIST and RSTP     P 2 0  61440 Set the Mst Bridge priority           CLI MSP  648 Release 2 0 02 2013    Spanning Tree 60 2 spanning tree    60 2 spanning tree    Enable or disable the Spanning Tree protocol on a port     60 2 1 spanning tree mode    Enable    Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  spanning tree mode    no spanning tree mode   Disable   Mode  Interface Range Mod
93.  user defined text  max  32 charac              ters     CLI MSP  634 Release 2 0 02 2013    Simple Network Time Protocol 59 1 sntp   SNTP     59 1 6 sntp client server delete    delete a SNTP client server connection  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  sntp client server delete  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  4 Enter a number in the given range        59 1 7 sntp client server mode    Enable a SNTP client server connection  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  sntp client server mode  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  4 Enter a number in the given range        no sntp client server mode   Disable a SNTP client server connection  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no sntp client server mode    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 635    Simple Network Time Protocol 59 1 sntp   SNTP     59 1 8 sntp server operation    Enable the SNTP server  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  sntp server operation    no sntp server operation   Disable the SNTP server  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no sntp server operation    59 1 9 sntp server port    Set the local socket port number used to listen for client requests   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  sntp server port  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  65535 Port number of SNTP Server  default 123               CLI MSP  6
94. 0 00        Build date 2013 02 20 20 20                                                  System Name   MSP ECE555F63600  Management IP   10 115 45 104  Subnet Mask   255 255 224 0   Base MAC  gt  EC E5 55 F6 36 00  System Time   2073 02 11 213147335       MSP   gt     User  admin  Password       x     Figure 8  Logging in to the Command Line Interface program    O Enter a user name  The default setting for the user name is admin   Press the Enter key    C Enter the password  The default setting for the password is private   Press the Enter key   You can change the user name and the password later in the Command  Line Interface   These entries are case sensitive     The device displays the CLI start screen     CLI MSP MSP  20 Release 2 0 02 2013    Access to CLI 2 3 CLI via the V 24 port             NOTE  Enter     for Command Help  Command help displays all options  that are valid for the particular mode   For the syntax of a particular command form  please  consult the documentation                                      MSP  gt     Figure 9  CLI screen after login    Note  You can configure the V 24 interface as a terminal CLI interface   Press any key on your terminal keyboard a number of times until the login  screen indicates the CLI mode     CLI MSP MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 21    Access to CLI 2 4 CLI access via telnet    2 4 CLI access via telnet    2 4 1 Telnet connection via Windows    Note  Telnet is only installed as standard in Windows versions before  Windows Vista
95. 0 02 2013    Device Status 13 1 device status    no device status monitor ring redundancy  Disable monitoring if ring redundancy is present   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no device status monitor ring redundancy    13 1 7 device status monitor power supply    Enable monitoring the condition of the power supply s    Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  device status monitor power supply  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  2 Number of power supply        no device status monitor power supply   Disable monitoring the condition of the power supply s    Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no device status monitor power supply    13 1 8 device status trap    Configure the device to send a trap when the device status nchanges   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  device status trap    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 209    Device Status 13 1 device status    no device status trap   Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no device status trap    13 1 9 device status module    Configure the monitoring of the specific module   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  device status module  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no     no device status module   Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no device status mod
96. 0 02 2013 479    MAC Based VLAN 38 1 vlan    38 1 vian    Creation and configuration of VLANS     38 1 1 vlan association mac    Configure an association between a MAC address and a VLAN   Mode  any  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  vlan association mac  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt                 Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 aa bb cc dd ee  MAC address   P 2 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID           CLI MSP  480 Release 2 0 02 2013    MAC Based VLAN 38 2 show    38 2 show    Display device options and settings     38 2 1 show vian association mac    Displays the association MAC address and VLAN table   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show vlan association mac   lt P 1 gt                                 Parameter Value Meaning   Pil aa bb cc dd ee  Enter a MAC address   P 1 1  4042 Enter a VLAN ID    CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 481    MAC Based VLAN 38 2 show    CLI MSP  482 Release 2 0 02 2013    Management Access 38 2 show    39 Management Access    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 483    Management Access 39 1 network    39 1 network    Configure the inband connectivity     39 1 1 network management access web timeout    Set the web interface idle timeout   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  network management access web timeout  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0  160 Idle timeout of a session in minutes  de   fault  5         39 1 2 network management access add    Add a new entry with index    M
97. 02 2013 185    Dynamic ARP Inspection    11 1 ip    11 1 9 ip arp inspection access list rule mode    This command activates or deactivates a configured ARP ACL rule  associ   ated with a ACL name and MAC IP address    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  ip arp inspection access list rule mode  lt P 1 gt      lt P 2 gt   lt P 3 gt   lt P 4 gt     Parameter Value                P 1 string   P 2 aa bb cc dd ee   P 3 A B C D   P 4 active   P 4 inactive       186    Meaning   lt acl name gt  Name of ACL   MAC address        IP address   Activate the option        Inactivate the option     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Dynamic ARP Inspection 11 2 clear    11 2 clear    Clear several items     11 2 1 clear ip arp inspection statistics    This command clears the Dynamic ARP Inspection  DAI  statistics on all  VLANs    Mode  Privileged Exec Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  clear ip arp inspection statistics    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 187    Dynamic ARP Inspection 11 3 ip    11 3 ip    IP commands     11 3 1 ip arp inspection mode    Enables Dynamic ARP Inspection  DAI  on a VLAN   Mode  any  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  ip arp inspection mode  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID           no ip arp inspection mode   Disables Dynamic ARP Inspection  DAI  on a VLAN   Mode  any  Privilege Level  Operator  Format no ip arp inspection mode    CLI MSP  188 Release 2 0 02 2013    Dynamic ARP Inspection 11 3 i
98. 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 unicast  P 1 broadcast       59 1 3 sntp client request interval    Set the SNTP client request interval in seconds   nThe request interval is  only used in the operating mode unicast    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  sntp client request interval  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 5  3600 Enter a number in the given range        59 1 4 sntp client disable after sync    If this option is activated  the SNTP client disables itself  nonce it is synchro   nized to a SNTP server    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  sntp client disable after sync    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 633    Simple Network Time Protocol 59 1 sntp   SNTP     no sntp client disable after sync  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no sntp client disable after sync    59 1 5 sntp client server add    Add a SNTP client server connection  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  sntp client server add  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt   lt P 3 gt   port   lt P 4 gt    description  lt P 5 gt     port   Set the port number of the external time server    description   Description of the external time server                         Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 1  4 Enter a number in the given range    P 2 string Hostname or IP address   P 3 A B C D IP address    P 4 1  65535 Port number of SNTP Server  default 123    P 5 string Enter a
99. 1 p2p   P 1 disable   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 547    Precision Time Protocol  PTP  45 3 ptp    45 3 12 ptp v2 boundary clock network protocol    Configure the network protocol  Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  ptp v2 boundary clock network protocol  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 ieee802 3  P 1 udp ipv4       45 3 13 ptp v2 boundary clock vlan priority    VLAN priority of tagged ptp packets   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  ptp v2 boundary clock vlan priority  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  PSL 0  7    45 3 14 ptp v2 boundary clock vlan    VLAN in which PTP packets are send  With a value of none all packets are  send untagged    Mode  Interface Range Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  ptp v2 boundary clock vlan  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 vlanid Send ptp to vlanId Use 0 for priority only  tagged frames                P 1 none Send all ptp packets untagged    CLI MSP  548 Release 2 0 02 2013    Password Management 45 3 ptp    46 Password Management    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 549    Password Management 46 1 passwords    46 1 passwords    Manage password policies and options     46 1 1 passwords min length    Set minimum password length for user passwords   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  passwords min length  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 6  64 Enter a number in the given range        46 1 2 passwords 
100. 13 copy sfp white list envm 167   10 2 save 168  10 2 1 save profile 168   10 3 clear 169  10 3 1 clear config 169  10 3 2 clear factory 169  10 3 3 clear sfp white list 170   10 4 show 171  10 4 1 show running config xml 171  10 4 2 show running config script 171   10 5 show 172  10 5 1 show config envm settings 172  10 5 2 show config envm properties 172  10 5 3 show config watchdog 173  10 5 4 show config encryption 173  10 5 5 show config profiles 173  10 5 6 show config status 174   10 6 config 175  10 6 1 config watchdog admin state 175  10 6 2 config watchdog timeout 175  10 6 3 config encryption password set 176  10 6 4 config encryption password clear 176  10 6 5 config envm auto update 176  10 6 6 config envm config save 177  10 6 7 config envm load priority 178  10 6 8 config profile select 178  10 6 9 config profile delete 179  10 6 10 config fingerprint verify 179   10 7 swap 180  10 7 1 swap firmware system system 180   11 Dynamic ARP Inspection 181  11 1 ip 182  CLI MSP    60 Release 2 0 02 2013    Content    11 1 1 ip arp inspection verify src mac 182  11 1 2 ip arp inspection verify dst mac 183  11 1 3 ip arp inspection verify ip 183  11 1 4 ip arp inspection access list add 184  11 1 5 ip arp inspection access list delete 184  11 1 6 ip arp inspection access list mode 184  11 1 7 ip arp inspection access list rule add 185  11 1 8 ip arp inspection access list rule delete 185  11 1 9 ip arp inspection access list rule mode 186  11 2 clear 187  11 2 1 clear ip
101. 2 2013    DHCP L2 Relay 15 3 show    16 DHCP L2 Relay    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 235    DHCP L2 Relay 16 1 dhcp l2relay    16 1 dhcp l2relay    Configure DHCP Layer 2 Relay     16 1 1 dhcp l2relay mode    Enables DHCP Layer 2 Relay globally   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dhcp 12relay mode    no dhcp I2relay mode   Disables DHCP Layer 2 Relay globally   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no dhcp 1l2relay mode    CLI MSP  236 Release 2 0 02 2013    DHCP L2 Relay 16 2 clear    16 2 clear    Clear several items     16 2 1 clear dhcp l2relay statistics    This command clears the DHCP Layer 2 Relay statistics   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  clear dhcp l2relay statistics    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 237    DHCP L2 Relay 16 3 dhcp I2relay    16 3 dhcp l2relay    Group of commands that configure DHCP Layer 2 Relay on existing VLANs     16 3 1 dhcp l2relay mode    Enables DHCP Layer 2 Relay on a VLAN   Mode  any  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dhcp 12relay mode  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID           no dhcp I2relay mode   Disables DHCP Layer 2 Relay on a VLAN   Mode  any  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no dhcp 12relay mode    CLI MSP  238 Release 2 0 02 2013    DHCP L2 Relay 16 3 dhcp I2relay    16 3 2 dhcp l2relay circuit id    This commands enables setting the Option 82 Circuit ID in DHCP messages  to an interface descriptor    Mode  any 
102. 2 2013    System 62 5 show    63 System    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 675    System 63 1 system    63 1 system    Set system related values e g  name  location  contact  login banner and  temperature limits    63 1 1 system name    Set the system name   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  system name  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  255 charac   ters              63 1 2 system location    Set the system location   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  system location  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  255 charac   ters              CLI MSP  676 Release 2 0 02 2013    System 63 1 system    63 1 3 system contact    Set the contact person   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  system contact  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  255 charac   ters              63 1 4 system pre login banner operation    Enable the pre login banner   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  system pre login banner operation    no system pre login banner operation  Disable the pre login banner   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no system pre login banner operation    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 677    System 63 1 system    63 1 5 system pre login banner text    Edit the text for the pre login banner  C printf format synta
103. 3    Integrated Authentification Server 26 2 show   IAS     26 2 show    Display device options and settings     26 2 1 show ias users    Display IAS users and user accounts information   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  show ias users    CLI MSP  360 Release 2 0 02 2013    IGMP Snooping 26 2 show    27 IGMP Snooping    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 361    IGMP Snooping 27 1 igmp snooping    27 1 igmp snooping    Configure IGMP snooping     27 1 1 igmp snooping mode    Enable IGMP snooping   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  igmp snooping mode    no igmp snooping mode   Disable IGMP snooping   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no igmp snooping mode    27 1 2 igmp snooping querier mode    Enable IGMP snooping querier on the system   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  igmp snooping querier mode    CLI MSP  362 Release 2 0 02 2013    IGMP Snooping 27 1 igmp snooping    no igmp snooping querier mode   Disable IGMP snooping querier on the system   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no igmp snooping querier mode    27 1 3 igmp snooping querier query interval    Sets the IGMP querier query interval time  1 1800  in seconds   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  igmp snooping gquerier query interval  lt P 1 gt   Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  1800 Enter a number in the given range        27 1 4 igmp snooping 
104. 31 3 1 ip source guard mode    This command configures an interface for IP source guarding  IPSG    Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  ip source guard mode    no ip source guard mode   Disable the option   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no ip source guard mode    31 3 2 ip source guard verify mac    This command configures an interface for additional MAC address verifica   tion  when performing IP source guarding  IPSG   This option cannot be ena   bled unless IPSG is enabled  Once it is enabled  it can only be disabled by  disabling IPSG at this interface    Mode  Interface Range Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  ip source guard verify mac    CLI MSP  410 Release 2 0 02 2013    IP Source Guard  IPSG  31 4 show    31 4 show    Display device options and settings     31 4 1 show ip source guard interfaces    This command shows the IP Source Guard  IPSG  status of all interfaces   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show ip source guard interfaces    31 4 2 show ip source guard bindings    This command displays the IPSG binding entries from the static and or dyna   mic bindings table   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show ip source guard bindings   lt P 1 gt    interface   lt P 2 gt    vlan  lt P 3 gt     interface   Restrict the output based on a specific interface    vlan   Restrict the output based on VLAN                         
105. 36 Release 2 0 02 2013    Simple Network Time Protocol 59 1 sntp   SNTP     59 1 10 sntp server only if synchronized    Set the disabling of the SNTP server function   nif it is not synchronized to  another external time reference   Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  sntp server only if synchronized    no sntp server only if synchronized  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no sntp server only if synchronized    59 1 11 sntp server broadcast operation    Enable the SNTP server broadcast mode  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  sntp server broadcast operation    no sntp server broadcast operation  Disable the SNTP server broadcast mode  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no sntp server broadcast operation    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 637    Simple Network Time Protocol 59 1 sntp   SNTP     59 1 12 sntp server broadcast address    Set the SNTP server s broadcast or multicast IP address n default  0 0 0 0   none      Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  sntp server broadcast address  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 A B C D IP address        59 1 13 sntp server broadcast port    Set the destination socket port number used to send nbroadcast or multicast  messages to the client    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  sntp server broadcast port  lt P 1 gt     Para
106. 48 1 rmon alarm    48 1 5 rmon alarm modify    Modify RMON alarm parameters   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  rmon alarm modify  lt P 1 gt   mib variable  lt P 2 gt     rising threshold  lt P 3 gt    falling threshold  lt P 4 gt     interval  lt P 5 gt    sample type  lt P 6 gt    startup alarm   lt P 7 gt    rising event  lt P 8 gt    falling event  lt P 9 gt     mib variable   Enter the alarm mib variable    rising threshold   Enter the alarm rising threshold    falling threshold   Enter the alarm falling threshold    interval   Enter the alarm interval in seconds over which the data is  sampled    sample type   Enter the alarm method of sampling the selected variable    startup alarm   Enter the alarm type    rising event   Enter the alarm rising event index     CLI MSP  570 Release 2 0 02 2013    Remote Monitoring  RMON      falling event   Enter the alarm falling event index     Parameter Value    Pel 1  150   P 2 string   P 3 1  2147483647  P 4 1  2147483647  P 5 1  2147483647  P 6 absoluteValue  P 6 deltaValue   Pay risingAlarm  Boy fallingAlarm  P 7 risingOrFallingAlarm  P 8 1  65535   P 9 1  65535   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013    Meaning  En    entry in    ea    variable  the       5    ter  tatis       nter an object iden    48 1 rmon alarm    ter an index that uniquely identi       fies an       the alarm table        Fier of       ti          rising threshold  tic        ter the    tatis                   Hja Ayo w  Sy          Ee  
107. 5 dns client host add    Add a new DNS client host entry   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dns client host add  lt P 1 gt  name  lt P 2 gt  ip  lt P 3 gt     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 305    Domain Name System  DNS  19 2 dns    name  Enter the DNS host name   ip  Enter the DNS host address        Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 1  64 DNS Client hosts index   P 2 string Hostname   P 3 A B C D IP address     19 2 6 dns client host delete    Delete a DNS host entry   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dns client host delete  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  64 DNS Client hosts index     19 2 7 dns client host modify    Mofify a DNS client host entry   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dns client host modify  lt P 1 gt  name  lt P 2 gt  ip  lt P 3 gt   status  name  Enter the DNS host name   ip  Enter the DNS host address   status  Enter the status of the DNS host     Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 1  64 DNS Client hosts index   P 2 string Hostname   P 3 A B C D IP address        CLI MSP  306 Release 2 0 02 2013    Domain Name System  DNS  19 2 dns    no dns client host modify  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no dns client host modify    19 2 8 dns client source    DNS Client configuration source   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dns client source  lt P 1 gt           Parameter Value Meaning  P  user Use the 
108. 51 1 sflow    51 1 sflow    Configure sFlow    51 1 1 sflow receiver    Configure sflow receiver   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  sflow receiver  lt P 1 gt  owner  lt P 2 gt   ip  lt P 3 gt    ti   meout  lt P 4 gt   timeout  lt P 5 gt  maxdatagram  lt P 6 gt  ip  lt P 7 gt   port  lt P 8 gt   owner  Configure sflow owner    ip   Configure sflow receiver IP address    timeout   Configure sflow receiver timeout   timeout  Configure sflow receiver timeout   maxdatagram  Configure sflow maximum size of the receiver datagram   ip  Configure sflow receiver IP address   port  Configure sflow receiver port                                                                                                  Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 1  8 Enter an sFlow receiver index  0 to reset  configuration   P  string Enter receiver owner string  max  127 cha   racters    P 3 A B C D IP address    p 4  1  2147483647 Enter timeout   l ino timeout  O reset confi   guration  1   2147483647   P 5  1  2147483647 Enter timeout   l ino timeout  O reset confi   guration  1   2147483647   P 6 200  9116 Enter maximum datagram size between 200 and  9116   P 7 A B C D IP address    P 8 1  65535 Enter port number between 1 and 65535   CLI MSP    588 Release 2 0 02 2013    sFlow 51 2 sflow    51 2 sflow    Configure sflow sampler and poller     51 2 1 sflow poller receiver    Set a receiver for this poller    Mode  Interface Range Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  sflow po
109. 88    290  292  293  293  294    295  296    297  297  297  298  298  298  299  299  300    301    302  302  302  303  303    304  304  304  305  305  305  306    65    Content    20  20 1    20 2    21  21 1    21 2    21 3    66    19 2 7 dns client host modify  19 2 8 dns client source   19 2 9 dns client servers add  19 2 10 dns client servers delete  19 2 11 dns client servers modify  19 2 12 dns client timeout  19 2 13 dns client retry    DoS Mitigation    dos   1 dos tcp null   2 dos tcp xmas   3 dos tcp syn fin   4 dos tcp min header   5 dos icmp fragmented   6 dos icmp payload check   7 dos icmp payload size   8 dos ip land   9 dos tcp offset   10 dos tcp syn  20 1 11 dos I4 port  20 1 12 dos icmp smurf attack    N  OO0OO0OO0O0O0OO0OO0OO0OO     1  1  1  1   1  1  1   1   1   1    NNNNNNNNN    show  20 2 1 show dos    802 1X Port Authentication    dot1x   21 1 1 dot1x dynamic vlan  21 1 2 dot1x system auth control  21 1 3 dot1x monitor    21 2 1 show dot1x global    21 2 2 show dot1x auth history  21 2 3 show dot1x detail  21 2 4 show dot1x summary  21 2 5 show dot1x clients  21 2 6 show dot1x statistics    21 3 1 dot1x guest vian  21 3 2 dot1x max req  21 3 3 dot1x max users   3 4 dot1x mac auth bypass  21 3 5 dot1x port control  1 3 6 dot1x re authentication    306  307  307  308  308  309  309    311    312  312  312  313  313  314  314  315  315  316  316  317  317    318  318    319    320  320  320  321    322  322  322  323  323  323  324    325  325  325  326 
110. DNS servers defined by the user   P 1 mgmt dhcp Use the DNS servers received by DHCP on the             management interface        P 1 provider    19 2 9 dns client servers add    Add a new DNS server    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  dns client servers add  lt P 1 gt  ip  lt P 2 gt   ip  Enter the DNS server address        Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 1  4 DNS Client servers index   P 2 A B C D IP address    CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 307    Domain Name System  DNS  19 2 dns    19 2 10 dns client servers delete    Delete a DNS server   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dns client servers delete  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  4 DNS Client servers index     19 2 11 dns client servers modify    Modify a DNS server entry    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  dns client servers modify  lt P 1 gt  ip  lt P 2 gt  status  ip  Change the DNS server address   status  Change the status of this DNS server     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  4 DNS Client servers index   P 2 A B C D IP address        no dns client servers modify  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no dns client servers modify    CLI MSP  308 Release 2 0 02 2013    Domain Name System  DNS  19 2 dns    19 2 12 dns client timeout    Set the timeout before retransmitting a request to the server   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dns client timeo
111. LI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Content    45 2    45 3    46  46 1    46 2    47  47 1    47 2    45 1 17 ptp v2 boundary clock utc offset  45 1 18 ptp v2 boundary clock utc offset valid    show   45 2 1 show ptp   ptp    45 ptp v2 transparent clock operation    1   2 ptp v2 transparent clock asymmetry   3 ptp v2 transparent clock pdelay interval  4 ptp v2 boundary clock operation   5 ptp v2 boundary clock pdelay interval   6 ptp v2 boundary clock announce interval  7 ptp v2 boundary clock sync interval   8 ptp v2 boundary clock announce timeout   9 ptp v2 boundary clock asymmetry    10 ptp v2 boundary clock v1 compatibility mode   11 ptp v2 boundary clock delay mechanism   12 ptp v2 boundary clock network protocol   13 ptp v2 boundary clock vlan priority    14 ptp v2 boundary clock vlan    Password Management    passwords   46 1 1 passwords min length   46 1 2 passwords max login attempts  46 1 3 passwords min uppercase chars  46 1 4 passwords min lowercase chars  46 1 5 passwords min numeric chars  46 1 6 passwords min special chars    show  46 2 1 show passwords    Radius    authorization  47 1 1 authorization network radius    47 2 1 radius accounting mode  47 2 2 radius server attribute 4  47 2 3 radius server acct add  2 4 radius server acct delete  47 2 5 radius server acct modify  47 2 6 radius server auth add  47 2 7 radius server auth delete  47 2 8 radius server auth modify    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    539  540    541  541    542  542  543  543  544  544  545
112. Local time        9 1 2 clock timezone offset    Local time offset  in minutes  with respect nto UTC  positive values for loca   tions east ofinGreenwich     Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  clock timezone offset  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1  780  840 Edit the timezone offset  in minutes                     CLI MSP  154 Release 2 0 02 2013    Time 9 1 clock    9 1 3 clock timezone zone    Edit the timezone acronym  max  4 characters    Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  clock timezone zone  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 string Edit the timezone acronym  max 4 charac   ters         9 1 4 clock summer time mode    Configure summer time mode parameters   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  clock summer time mode  lt P 1 gt                                                  Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 disable Disable recurring summer time mode    P 1 recurring Enable recurring summer time mode    PSI eu Enable recurring summer time used in most  parts of the European Union    P 1 usa Enable recurring summer time used in most  parts of the USA     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 155    Time 9 1 clock    9 1 5 clock summer time recurring start    Edit the starting date and time for daylight saving time   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  clock summer time recurring start  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt    lt P 3 gt   lt P 4 gt              
113. MSP  596 Release 2 0 02 2013    Signal Contact 52 1 show    53 Signal Contact    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 597    Signal Contact    53 1 signal contact    Configure the signal contact settings     53 1 1 signal contact mode    Configure the Signal Contact mode setting   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  signal contact  lt P 1 gt  mode  lt P 2 gt     53 1 signal contact       tatus is determined by    l setting  subcommand       onitor settings     tatus is determined by                tatus is determined by             tatus is determined by                            Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 signal contact no    P 2 manual The signal contact s s  the nassociated manua   state      P 2 monitor The signal contact s s  the nassociated m   P 2 device status The signal contact s s  the ndevice status    P 2 security status The signal contact s s  the nsecurity status    P 2 dev sec status The signal contact s s  the ndevice sta          598             tatus is determined by    tus and security status     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Signal Contact 53 1 signal contact    53 1 2 signal contact monitor link failure    Sets the monitoring of the network connection s    Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  signal contact  lt P 1 gt  monitor link failure    Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 signal contact no     no signal contact monitor link failure  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Admi
114. Meaning  P 1 1  1000000 Enter a number in the given range   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 517    Port Monitor 43 3 port monitor    43 3 3 port monitor condition crc fragments mode    Enable CRC Fragments condition to trigger an action  Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  port monitor condition crc fragments mode    no port monitor condition crc fragments mode  Disable CRC Fragments condition to trigger an action  Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no port monitor condition crc fragments mode    43 3 4 port monitor condition link flap interval    Configure the measure interval in seconds  1 180s  for Link Flap detection   Default 10     Mode  Interface Range Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  port monitor condition link flap interval  lt P 1 gt   Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  180 Enter a number in the given range        CLI MSP  518 Release 2 0 02 2013    Port Monitor 43 3 port monitor    43 3 5 port monitor condition link flap count    Configure the Link Flap counter  1 100   Default 5   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  port monitor condition link flap count  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  100 Enter a number in the given range        43 3 6 port monitor condition link flap mode    Enable link flap condition to trigger an action  Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  port monitor condition link flap mode    no port monitor condition link flap 
115. Non urgent message typ          36 1 28 logging email subject modify    Modify an email subject entry  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  logging email subject modify  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt                 Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 urgent Urgent message typ   P 1 non urgent Non urgent message typ   P 2 string  lt string gt  Enter the email subject  Within          double quotations if subject includes space     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 463    Logging 36 1 logging    36 1 29 logging email test msgtype    Configure the message type for test mail   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  logging email test msgtype  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt                    Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 urgent Urgent message typ   P 1 non urgent Non urgent message typ   P 2 string Enter a user defined text  max  255 charac   ters        CLI MSP  464 Release 2 0 02 2013    Logging 36 2 show    36 2 show    Display device options and settings     36 2 1 show logging buffered    Display buffered  in memory  log entries   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show logging buffered   lt P 1 gt                  Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 string  lt filter gt  Enter a comma separated list of se   verity ranges  numbers or enum strings are  allowed  Example  0 1 informational debug                36 2 2 show logging traplogs    Display trap log entries   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege
116. O csl cs2   cs3 cs4 cs5 cs6 cs7 ef gt   violate action   drop    set cos as sec cos    set cos transmit  lt 0  7 gt     set dscp transmit   lt af1l  af12 af13 af21   af22    af23   af31   af32 af33   af41   af42 af43 be csO csl cs2   cs3  cs4 cs5 cs6 cs7 ef gt     set prec transmit  lt 0  7 gt     set sec cos transmit  lt 0  7 gt     transmit      class  Manage DiffServ policy class instances   name  Configure a policy class instance   police simple  Establish the traffic policing style for the specified class   conform action  Conform action   violate action  Violate action    drop  Drop    set cos as sec cos  set COs aS SeC Ccos  set cos transmit  set cos transmit  set sec cos transmit  set sec cos transmit  set prec transmit  set prec transmit  set dscp transmit  set dscp transmit  transmit  transmit    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 281    Differentiated Services  DiffServ     Parameter Value    Ped     eam a  On  eS      282    string  string    1  4294967295  1  128  af11  af12  af13  af21  af22  af23  af31  af32  af33  af41  af42  af43  be  cs0  cs1  cs2  cs3  cs4  cs5  cs6  cs7  ef  0  7    Meaning       racters                      racters        Data rate       Burst size                   M    Y  Y  V  V  V      j  V       o  oO    cs0  csl  cs2  cs3  cs4  cs5  cs6  cs7  ef  COS value        Enter the Di    Enter the Di    18 3 policy map                               F  Serv policy name  max  31 cha   FfServ policy name  max  31 cha    Kbps     KB    CLI MSP    Rele
117. Operator  Format  no spanning tree bpdu filter    60 1 3 spanning tree bpdu guard    Enable BPDU guard on edge ports   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  spanning tree bpdu guard    no spanning tree bpdu guard  Disable BPDU guard on edge ports   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no spanning tree bpdu guard    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 645    Spanning Tree 60 1 spanning tree    60 1 4 spanning tree bpdu migration check    Force the specified port to transmit RST or MST BPDUs   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  spanning tree bpdu migration check  lt P 1 gt                             Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 slot port Enter a single interface in slot port for   mat    P 1 all Force the specified port to transmit RST or  MST BPDUs        60 1 5 spanning tree forceversion    Set the force protocol version parameter   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  spanning tree forceversion  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 stp Spanning Tree Protocol  STP    P 1 rstp Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol  RSTP      60 1 6 spanning tree forward time    Set the Bridge Forward Delay parameter  s    Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  spanning tree forward time  lt P 1 gt              Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 4  30 Enter the bridge forward delay as an inte   ger     CLI MSP  646 Release 2 0 02 2013    Spanning Tree 60 1 spanning tree    60 1 7 spanning
118. P  Release 2 0 02 2013 625    SNMP Logging 58 1 logging    58 1 logging    Logging configuration     58 1 1 logging snmp request get operation    Enable logging of SNMP GET or SET requests   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  logging snmp request get operation    no logging snmp request get operation  Disable logging of SNMP GET or SET requests   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no logging snmp regquest get operation    CLI MSP  626 Release 2 0 02 2013    SNMP Logging 58 1 logging    58 1 2 logging snmp request get severity    Define severity level   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  logging snmp request get severity  lt P 1 gt                                                                                                     Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 emergency System is unusable  System failure has oc   curred    P 1 alert Action must be taken immediately  Unrecove   rable failure of a component  System failure  likely    P 1 critical Recoverable failure of a component that may  lead to system failure    Pei error Error conditions  Recoverable failure of a  component    P 1 warning Minor failure  e g  misconfiguration of a  component    P 1 notice Normal but significant conditions    P 1 informational Informational messages    P  debug Debug level messages    P  0 Same as emergency   P  1 Same as alert   P  2 Same as critical   P  3 Same as error   P  4 Same as warning   P  5 
119. P 1 gt  link alarm    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 605    Signal Contact 53 3 signal contact    CLI MSP  606 Release 2 0 02 2013    Slot 53 3 signal contact    54 Slot    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 607    Slot 54 1 show    54 1 show    Display device options and settings     54 1 1 show slot    Show module parameters   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show slot   lt P 1 gt      Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 module at slot no     CLI MSP  608 Release 2 0 02 2013    Switched Monitoring  SMON  54 1 show    55 Switched Monitoring  SMON     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 609    Switched Monitoring  SMON  55 1 monitor    55 1 monitor    Configure port mirroring     55 1 1 monitor session    Configure port mirroring   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  monitor session  lt P 1 gt  destination interface  lt P   2 gt  source add interface  lt P 3 gt    lt P 4 gt   remove interface   lt P 5 gt  mode  destination  Configure the probe interface   interface  Configure interface   source  Configure the source interface   add  Add an interface  interface  Configure interface   remove  Remove an interface  interface  Configure interface   mode  Enable Disable port mirroring session  Note  does nnot affect the  source or destination interfaces                                                                       Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 1 Monitor session index    P 2 slot no  port no    P 3 slot no  port no    P 4 tx Interfa
120. P 12 wednesday  P 12 thursday  P 12 friday   P 12 saturday  P 13   2d0   2d    no time range    Disable the option     Meaning    65 1 time       A comma separated combination of days          Time of day  in 24 hour format  Sunday   Monday   Tuesday   Wednesday   Thursday   Friday   Saturday          Time of day  in 24 hour format    Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no time range    690     hh mm       hh mm      CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Time Range 65 2 show    65 2 show    Display device options and settings     65 2 1 show time range    Show time range and all its time entries   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show time range   lt P 1 gt            Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 string Enter the time range name  max  31 charac   ters    CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 691    Time Range 65 2 show    CLI MSP  692 Release 2 0 02 2013    SNMP Traps 65 2 show    66 SNMP Traps    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 693    SNMP Traps 66 1 snmp    66 1 snmp    Configure of SNMP versions and traps     66 1 1 snmp trap mode    Enable disable SNMP trap    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  snmp trap mode  lt P 1 gt  disable enable  disable  deactivate a SNMP trap   enable  activate a SNMP trap     Parameter Value Meaning  Po  string  lt name gt  Trap name  1 to 32 characters     66 1 2 snmp trap delete    Delete SNMP trap   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Form
121. P 3 gt    ethertype  lt P 4 gt     name   Modify the group name    vlan id   Modify the VLAN ID of a group    ethert ype   Modify ethertypes from a protocol group                       Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 1  128 Protocol based VLANs group index    P 2 string Enter a user defined text  max  256 charac   ters    P 3 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID    P 4 string  lt protocol list gt  Enter a comma separated list       of mnemonics or values  max  256 chars  eg    1536 65535  ip  arp  ipx      41 1 3 vlan protocol group delete    Delete a protocol group   Mode  any  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  vlan protocol group delete  lt P 1 gt   ethertype  lt P   2 gt     ethertype   Remove ethertypes from a protocol group     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  128 Protocol based VLANs group index   P 2 string  lt protocol list gt  Enter a comma separated list             of mnemonics or values  max  256 chars  eg    1536 65535  ip  arp  ipx      CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 499    Protocol Based VLAN 41 2 protocol    41 2 protocol    Configure the protocol based VLANs parameters     41 2 1 protocol vian group    Associate a interface to a group   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  protocol vlan group  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  128 Protocol based VLANs group index     CLI MSP  500 Release 2 0 02 2013    Protocol Based VLAN    41 3 show    Display device options and settings     41 3 1 show port protocol    Display protocol based VLANs su
122. Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 none   P 1 first   P 1 second   P 1 third   P 1 fourth   P 1 last   P 2 none   P 2 sun Sunday   P 2 mon Monday   P 2 tue Tuesday   P 2 wed Wednesday   P 2 thu Thursday   P 2 fri Friday   P 2 sat Saturday   P 3 none   P 3 jan January   P 3 feb February   P 3 mar March   P 3 apr April   P 3 may May   P 3 jun June   P 3 jul July   P 3 aug August   P 3 sep September   P 3 oct October   R 3 nov November   P 3 dec December   P 4 string  lt hh mm gt  Present time in hh mm format  00 00   23 799     CLI MSP  156 Release 2 0 02 2013    Time    9 1 clock    9 1 6 clock summer time recurring end    Edit the ending date and time for daylight saving time   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  clock summer time recurring end  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt   lt P        3 gt   lt P 4 gt   Parameter Value  P 1 none  P 1 first  P 1 second  P 1 third  P 1 fourth  P 1 last  P 2 none  P 2 sun  P 2 mon  P 2 tue  P 2 wed  P 2 thu  P 2 fri  P 2 sat  P 3 none  P 3 jan  P 3 feb  P 3 mar  P 3 apr  P 3 may  P 3 jun  P 3 jul  P 3 aug  P 3 sep  P 3 oct  P 3 nov  P 3 dec  P 4 string    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Meaning    Sunday  Monday  Tuesday  Wednesday  Thursday  Friday  Saturday    January  February  March  April  May   June       July  August  September  October  November  December        lt hh mm gt  Present time in hh mm format  00 00   23 59      157    Time 9 1 clock    9 1 7 clock summer time zone    Edit timezone acronym for summer time 
123. Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  show appllists    CLI MSP  120 Release 2 0 02 2013    Authentication List 3 2 show    4 Authentication List    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 121    Authentication List 4 1 authlists    4 1 authlists    Configure an authentication list     4 1 1 authlists add    Create a new login authentication list   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  authlists add  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  Pal  string  lt authlist_ name gt  Name of an authentication  JES Ex       4 1 2 authlists delete    Delete an existing login authentication list   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  authlists delete  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  Pol string  lt authlist_ name gt  Name of an authentication  list        CLI MSP  122 Release 2 0 02 2013    Authentication List    4 1 3 authlists set policy    Set the policies of a login authentication list     Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator    Format  authlists set policy  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt    lt P 3 gt        lt P 5 gt     lt P 6 gt               4 1 authlists    is rejected   not allowed                      local user DB  RADIUS server  IAS server          rejected   not                      local user DB  RADIUS server  IAS server                            rejected   not  local user DB  RADIUS server  IAS server                            rejected   not       local user DB  RADIUS server  IAS server          reje
124. Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  copy eventlog persistent  lt P 1 gt  envm  lt P 2 gt  remote     lt P 3 gt     36 3 copy    envm  Copy persistent log to external non volatile memory device   remote  Copy persistent log to file server     Parameter Value    P 1 string  P 2 string  p3 string    Meaning  Enter a user d          ters   Enter a user d          CCSS              Enter a user d  ters                 fined text  max   fined text  max   fined text  max     36 3 4 copy traplog system envm    Copy traplog to external non volative memory device   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  copy traplog system envm  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value  P 1 string    470    Meaning          Enter a user d  ters        fined text  max     32 charac     32 charac     128 charac     32 charac     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Logging    36 3 5 copy traplog system remote    Copy traplog to file server  Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  copy traplog system remote  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning       P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max           ters     36 3 6 copy audittrail system envm    Copy audit trail to external non volatile memory device   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  copy audittrail system envm  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning          P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max        ters     36 3 7 copy audittrail system remote    Copy aud
125. Protocol Version 4   IPv4     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 417    Internet Protocol Version 4  IPv4  33 1 network    33 1 network    Configure the inband connectivity     33 1 1 network protocol    Select DHCP  BOOTP or none as the network configuration protocol   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  network protocol  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 none No network config protocol  P 1 bootp BOOTP   P 1 dhcp DHCP          33 1 2 network parms    Set network address  netmask and gateway  Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  network parms  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt    lt P 3 gt      Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 A B C D IP address   P 2 A B C D IP address   P 3 A B C D IP address        CLI MSP  418 Release 2 0 02 2013    Internet Protocol Version 4  IPv4     33 2 Clear    Clear several items     33 2 1 clear arp table switch    Clear the agent s ARP table  cache    Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  clear arp table switch    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    33 2 clear    419    Internet Protocol Version 4  IPv4  33 3 show    33 3 show    Display device options and settings     33 3 1 show network parms    Show network settings   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show network parms    CLI MSP  420 Release 2 0 02 2013    Internet Protocol Version 4  IPv4  33 4 show    33 4 show    Display device options and settings     33 4 1 show arp    Show ARP tabl
126. SG  30 3 show    31 IP Source Guard  IPSG     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 405    IP Source Guard  IPSG  31 1 ip    31 1 ip    Set IP parameters     31 1 1 ip source guard binding add    This command creates a new static IPSG binding between a MAC address  and an IP address  for a specific VLAN at a particular interface   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  ip source guard binding add  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt   lt P 3 gt   lt P   4 gt    lt P 5 gt                                          Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 aa bb cc dd ee  MAC address    P 2 A B C D IP address    P 3 slot no  port no    P 4 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID   P 5 active Activate the option   P 5 inactive Inactivate the option           31 1 2 ip source guard binding delete all    This command deletes all static IP Source Guard  IPSG  bindings  at all in   terfaces     Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  ip source guard binding delete all    CLI MSP  406 Release 2 0 02 2013    IP Source Guard  IPSG  31 1 ip    31 1 3 ip source guard binding delete interface    This command deletes all static IP Source Guard  IPSG  bindings  associa   ted with a particular interface    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  ip source guard binding delete interface  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no     31 1 4 ip source guard binding delete index    This command deletes one static IP Source Guard  IPSG  binding  associa   ted wi
127. Same as notice   P  6 Same as informational   P  7 Same as debug          58 1 3 logging snmp request set operation    Enable logging of SNMP GET or SET requests   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  logging snmp request set operation    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 627    SNMP Logging    58 1 logging    no logging snmp request set operation  Disable logging of SNMP GET or SET requests     58 1 4    Define severity level     Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no logging snmp request set operation    logging snmp request set severity    Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  logging snmp request set severity  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value    P 1       P      emergency    alert    Meaning    System is unusable  f  curred        System fail          ure has oc     Action must be taken immediately  Unrecove     critical    rable          failure of       likely        Recoverable fail       a component  System fail       ure    ure of a component that may  lead to system      error    warning       Error condit  component     Minor                   failure     tions     failure        f a       Recoverable failure of             e g  misconfiguration of    notice  informational    Q  oO  ion  Cc  Q          Informational    component     1 Normal but significant conditions                    messages     vel messages     Debug 1       Sam  Sam  Sam  Sam  Sam  Sam  Sam          as alert    as 
128. Value Meaning  P 1 1  16 Pool entry index   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 485    Management Access 39 1 network    39 1 4 network management access modify    Modify an entry with index   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  network management access modify  lt P 1 gt  ip  lt P 2 gt   mask  lt P 3 gt  http  lt P 4 gt  https  lt P 5 gt  snmp  lt P 6 gt  telnet  lt P   7 gt  ssh  lt P 8 gt   ip  Configure ip address which should have access to management   mask  Configure network mask to allow a subnet for management access   http  Configure if HTTP is allowed to have management access   https  Configure if HTTPS is allowed to have management access   snmp  Configure if SNMP is allowed to have management access   telnet  Configure if telnet is allowed to have management access   ssh  Configure if ssh is allowed to have management access                                               Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 1  16 Pool entry index   P 2 A B C D IP address    P 3 0  32 Prefix length netmask   P 4 enable Enable the option   P 4 disable Disable the option   P 5 enable Enable the option   P 5 disable Disable the option   P 6 enable Enable the option   P 6 disable Disable the option   P 7 enable Enable the option   P 7 disable Disable the option   P 8 enable Enable the option   P 8 disable Disable the option                       39 1 5 network management access operation    Enable operation for RMA   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Adm
129. a SSH  Secure Shell     2 2 CLI via SSH  Secure Shell     L  Start the PUTTY program on your computer     PuTTY appears with the login screen     XS PuTTY Configuration             Category                Basic options for your PuTTY session      t  Terminal Specify the destination you want to connect to  Keyboard Jost Name  or IP address  Port    Bell fab cd   22      Features Connection type   E  Window C Raw    Telnet    Rlogin  SSH     Serial  Load  save or delete a stored session    Appearance  Saved Sessions    E Session    Logging                      Behaviour  Translation  Selection  Colours  H  Connection   Data  Proxy      Telnet  Rlogin   SSH  Serial                       Default Settings    Load  Save    Delete      Close window on exit   C Always    Never    Only on clean exit       About   Help   Cancel    Figure 1  PuTTY input screen    CLI MSP MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 13    Access to CLI 2 2 CLI via SSH  Secure Shell     C  Inthe Host Name  or IP address  input field you enter the IP  address of your device   The IP address  a b c d  consists of four decimal numbers with values  from 0 to 255  The four decimal numbers are separated by points     O To select a connection type  click on SSH under Connection type     C After selecting and setting the required parameters  you can set up the  connection via SSH   Click    Open    to set up the connection to your device  Depending on the  device and the time at which SSH was configured  it can take up toa  minute t
130. a table containing the trust mode of all interfaces   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show classofservice trust    7 3 4 show cos queue    Show cosqueue parameters  Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show cos queue    CLI MSP  142 Release 2 0 02 2013    Class Of Service 7 4 cos queue    7 4 cos queue    COS queue configuration    7 4 1 cos queue strict    strict priority scheduler  default   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  cos queue strict  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0  7 Enter a Queue Id from 0 to 7                 7 4 2 cos queue weighted    weighted scheduler  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  cos queue weighted  lt P 1 gt                 Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0  7 Enter a Queue Id from 0 to 7   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 143    Class Of Service 7 4 cos queue    7 4 3 cos queue min bandwidth    Minimum bandwidth when in weighted mode  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  cos queue min bandwidth  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt              Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0  7 Enter a Queue Id from 0 to 7   P 2 0  100 Enter a number in the given range           CLI MSP  144 Release 2 0 02 2013    CLI 7 4 cos queue    8 CLI    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 145    CLI 8 1 cli    8 1 cli    Set the CLI preferences     8 1 1 cli serial timeout    Set login timeout for serial line connection to CLI   Mode  Pri
131. ace   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no lldp notification    34 3 5 Ildp tiv inline power    Enable inline power TLV transmission   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  lldp tlv inline power    no Ildp tiv inline power   Disable inline power TLV transmission   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no lldp tlv inline power    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 431    Link Layer Discovery Protocol  LLDP  34 3 IIldp    34 3 6 Ildp tly mac phy config state    Enable mac phy config state TLV transmission   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  lldp tlv mac phy config state    no Ildp tiv mac phy config state  Disable mac phy config state TLV transmission   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no lldp tlv mac phy config state    34 3 7 Ildp tly max frame size    Enable max frame size TLV transmission   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  lldp tlv max frame size    no Iidp tiv max frame size   Disable max frame size TLV transmission   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no lldp tlv max frame size    CLI MSP  432 Release 2 0 02 2013    Link Layer Discovery Protocol  LLDP  34 3 IIdp    34 3 8 Iidp tiv mgmt addr    Enable mgmt addr TLV transmission   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  lldp tlv mgmt addr    no Iidp tiv mgmt addr   Disable mgmt addr TLV transmission   Mode  Interfa
132. admin state  34 1 3 Ildp config chassis notification interval  34 1 4 Ildp config chassis re init delay  34 1 5  Ildp config chassis tx delay  34 1 6 Ildp config chassis tx hold multiplier  34 1 7  Ildp config chassis tx interval  34 2 show  34 2 1 show Ildp global  34 2 2 show lidp port  34 2 3 show Ildp remote data all  34 2 4 show lldp remote data port  34 3 Ildp  34 3 1 Ildp admin state  34 3 2  Ildp fdb mode  34 3 3 Ildp max neighbors  34 3 4 Ildp notification  34 3 5 Ildp tlv inline power  34 3 6 Ildp tlv mac phy config state  CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013    411  411    413    414  414    415  415    417    418  418  418    419  419    420  420    421  421    423    424  424  425  425  425  426  426  426    427  427  427  428  428    429  429  430  430  431  431  432    71    Content    35  35 1    35 2    35 3    36  36 1    72    34 3 7 Ildp tlv max frame size  34 3 8  Ildp tlv mgmt addr  34 3 9 lidp tlv port desc  34 3 10 Ildp tlv port vian  34 3 11 Ildp tlv protocol  34 3 12 Ildp tlv sys cap  34 3 13 Ildp tlv sys desc  34 3 14 Ildp tlv sys name  34 3 15 Ildp tlv vian name  34 3 16 Ildp tlv protocol based vlan  34 3 17 Ildp tlv igmp   34 3 18 Ildp tlv portsec  34 3 19 Ildp tlv ptp    Media Endpoint Discovery LLDP MED    Ildp   35 1 1 Ildp med confignotification   35 1 2 Ildp med transmit tlv capabilities  35 1 3  Ildp med transmit tlv network policy    35 2 1 Ildp med faststartrepeatcount    35 3 1 show Ildp med global  2 show Ildp med interface  3 3 show Ildp med 
133. ailable  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show lldp port   lt P 1 gt      Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 427    Link Layer Discovery Protocol  LLDP  34 2 show    34 2 3 show Iidp remote data all    Remote LLDP information for all ports   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show lldp remote data all    34 2 4 show Ildp remote data port    Remote LLDP information for given port   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show lldp remote data port  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no     CLI MSP  428 Release 2 0 02 2013    Link Layer Discovery Protocol  LLDP     34 3 Ildp    34 3 Ildp    Configure of Link Layer Discovery Protocol on a port     34 3 1 Ildp admin state    Configure how the interface processes LLDP frames   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  lldp admin state  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value       Pot tx only  P 1 rx only  P 1 tx and rx  P 1 disable  CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013    Meaning  Interface will             only transmit LLDP frames              Interface will          Received frames are not processed        only receive LLDP frames        Frames are not             Interface will                               transmitted   transmit and receive LLDP       frames  This is the dei    fault setting        received LLDP          Interface will neither transmit nor process  frames     429    Lin
134. all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show lldp med global    35 3 2 show lIidp med interface    Display the current LLDP MED configuration on a specific port   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show lldp med interface   lt P 1 gt      Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 443    Media Endpoint Discovery LLDP  35 3 show  MED    35 3 3 show Iidp med local device    Display detailed information about the LLDP MED data  Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show lldp med local device  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no     35 3 4 show Iidp med remote device detail    Display LLDP MED detail configuration for a remote device   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show lldp med remote device detail  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no     35 3 5 show Ildp med remote device summary    Display LLDP MED summary configuration for a remote device   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show lldp med remote device summary   lt P 1 gt         Parameter Value Meaning  P 1  slot no  port no     CLI MSP  444 Release 2 0 02 2013    Logging 35 3 show    36 Logging    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 445    Logging 36 1 logging    36 1 logging    Logging configuration     36 1 1 logging audit trail    Add a comment for the audit trail   Mode  Global
135. ame of ACL        11 1 6 ip arp inspection access list mode    This command activates or deactivates an ARP ACL   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  ip arp inspection access list mode  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt           Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 string  lt acl name gt  Name of ACL   P 2 active Activate the option   P 2 inactive Inactivate the option     CLI MSP  184 Release 2 0 02 2013    Dynamic ARP Inspection 11 1 ip    11 1 7 ip arp inspection access list rule add    This command creates a new ARP ACL rule  associated with an ACL name  and a MAC IP address  Notice that the number of active ACL rules in an ACL  is limited to 20    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  ip arp inspection access list rule add  lt P 1 gt   lt P    2 gt   lt P 3 gt    lt P 4 gt                           Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 string  lt acl name gt  Name of ACL   P 2 aa bb cc dd ee  MAC address    P 3 A B C D IP address    P 4 active Activate the option   P 4 inactive Inactivate the option     11 1 8 ip arp inspection access list rule delete    This command deletes an ARP ACL rule  associated with a ACL name and  MAC IP address   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  ip arp inspection access list rule delete  lt P 1 gt    lt P 2 gt   lt P 3 gt                       Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 string  lt acl name gt  Name of ACL   P 2 aa bb cc dd ee  MAC address    P 3 A B C D IP address    CLI MSP    Release 2 0 
136. ameter Value Meaning   P 1 string  lt filename gt  Enter a valid filename    P 2 string  lt filename gt  Enter a valid filename    P 3 string Enter a user defined text  max  128 charac   ters    CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 203    Debug 12 2 copy    CLI MSP  204 Release 2 0 02 2013    Device Status 12 2 copy    13 Device Status    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 205    Device Status 13 1 device status    13 1 device status    Configure various device conditions to be monitored     13 1 1 device status monitor link failure    Enable monitor state of network connection s    Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  device status monitor link failure    no device status monitor link failure  Disable monitor state of network connection s    Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no device status monitor link failure    13 1 2 device status monitor temperature    Enable monitoring of the device temperature   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  device status monitor temperature    CLI MSP  206 Release 2 0 02 2013    Device Status 13 1 device status    no device status monitor temperature  Disable monitoring of the device temperature   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no device status monitor temperature    13 1 3 device status monitor module removal    Enable monitoring the presence of modules   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  device sta
137. amic ARP Inspection  DAI  status of all inter   faces    Mode  command is in all modes available   Privilege Level  Guest   Format  show ip arp inspection interfaces    11 5 7 show ip arp inspection vlan    This command displays the VLAN based Dynamic ARP Inspection  DAI  sta   tus    Mode  command is in all modes available   Privilege Level  Guest   Format  show ip arp inspection vlan    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 195    Dynamic ARP Inspection 11 5 show    CLI MSP  196 Release 2 0 02 2013    Debug 11 5 show    12 Debug    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 197    Debug 12 1 debug    12 1 debug    Different tools to assist in debugging the device     12 1 1 debug tcpdump help    Display help file for the tcpdump tool   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  debug tcpdump help    12 1 2 debug tcpdump start cpu    Start capture with default values   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  debug tcpdump start cpu  filter  lt P 1 gt    parms  lt P   2 gt     filter   Start capture with values from a filter file    parms   Start capture with the tcpdump parameters  for details see tcp   dump help                  Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 string  lt filename gt  Enter a valid filename   P 2 string Enter a user defined text  max  255 charac              ters     CLI MSP  198 Release 2 0 02 2013    Debug 12 1 debug    12 1 3 debug tcpdump stop    Abort capture of network traffic   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Fo
138. ands   and  if applicable  the related parameters branch down until the command is  completely defined and therefore executable  The CLI checks the input  If  you have entered the command and the parameters correctly and  completely  you execute the command with the Enter key     After you have entered the command and the required parameters  the other  parameters entered are treated as optional parameters  If one of the  parameters is unknown  the CLI displays a syntax message     CLI MSP MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 33    Using the CLI 3 2 Executing the commands    The command tree branches for the required parameters until the required  parameters have reached the last branch in the structure    With optional parameters  the command tree branches until the required  parameters and the optional parameters have reached the last branch in the  structure     3 2 3 Structure of a command    This section describes the syntax  conventions and terminology  and uses  examples to represent them     Format of commands   Most of the commands are enhanced through parameters    If the command parameter is missing  the CLI informs you about the  detection of an incorrect syntax of the command     This manual displays the commands and parameters in the Courier  font  and they must be used as they are shown in the manual     Parameters  The sequence of the parameters is relevant for the correct syntax of a  command     Parameters can be required values  optional values  selections  or a  combi
139. ara pec ec       o  D    cs0  csl  cs2  cs3  cs4  cs5  cs6  cs7    el          COS value     Enter the Di    Enter the Di    18 3 policy map       FfServ policy name  max  31 cha                       FfServ policy name  max  31 cha         Kbps       KI       B      Ip precedence value     289    Differentiated Services  DiffServ  18 3 policy map    18 3 15 policy map name class name police two   rate conform action     exceed action     vio   late action        Configure a Diffserv policy   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  policy map name  lt string gt  class name  lt string gt   police two rate  lt 1  4294967295 gt   lt 1  128 gt    lt 1  4294967295 gt   lt 1  128 gt   conform action     exceed action     violate action           drop     set cos as sec cos     set cos transmit  lt 0  7 gt      set dscp transmit    lt af11l   af12   af13   af21  af22    af23   af31   af32   af33  af41   af42 af43 be  cs0   cs1 cs2   cs3   cs4   cs5 cs6   cs7 ef gt      set prec transmit  lt 0  7 gt      set sec cos transmit  lt 0  7 gt      transmit     class  Manage DiffServ policy class instances   name  Configure a policy class instance   police two rate  Establish the two rate traffic policing style for the spe   cified class    conform action  Conform action   exceed action  Exceed action   violate action  Violate action    drop  Drop    set cos as sec cos  Set COS aS SeC COs  set cos transmit  set cos transmit  set sec cos transmit  set sec cos transmit  s
140. are valid  For the syntax  consult the do       MSP   gt     For  of a       the particular mode   particular command form  please                cument    Figure 4  Start screen of CLI     tation     Your MSP appears with the command prompt    MSP  gt     CLI MSP MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    17    Access to CLI 2 3 CLI via the V 24 port    2 3 CLI via the V 24 port    A serial interface is provided on the V 24 interface for the local connection of  an external management station  VT100 terminal or PC with terminal  emulation   This enables you to set up a connection to the Command Line  Interface  CLI  and to the system monitor    The socket housing is electrically connected to the housing of the device     RJ11 DB9    o Pin 5   Pin 6 9 94    Pin 8  i  0        52  Pin 1   CTS 1   n c  2 f      TX 3 3   eo Ce   RX 5 5   RTS 6    Figure 5  Pin assignment of the V 24 interface and the DB9 connector    VT 100 terminal settings    Speed 9 600 Baud  Data 8 bit  Stopbit 1 bit  Handshake off   Parity none    Set up the serial configuration parameters of the terminal emulation program  as follows     CLI MSP MSP  18 Release 2 0 02 2013    Access to CLI    XS PuTTY Configuration E    Category            El  Session  Logging   E  Terminal  Keyboard  Bell  Features   B  Window  Appearance  Behaviour  Translation  Selection  Colours   El  Connection   Data   Proxy   Telnet   Rlogin                  Figure 6  Configuring the serial connection via PuTTY          Options controlling local s
141. arp inspection global    This command displays the global Dynamic ARP Inspection  DAI  configura   tion    Mode  command is in all modes available   Privilege Level  Guest   Format  show ip arp inspection global    11 5 2 show ip arp inspection statistics dropped    This command lists statistics for ARP packets dropped by Dynamic ARP In   spection  DAI     Mode  command is in all modes available   Privilege Level  Guest   Format  show ip arp inspection statistics dropped    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 193    Dynamic ARP Inspection 11 5 show    11 5 3 show ip arp inspection statistics forwarded    This command lists statistics for ARP packets forwarded by Dynamic ARP In   spection  DAI     Mode  command is in all modes available   Privilege Level  Guest   Format  show ip arp inspection statistics forwarded    11 5 4 show ip arp inspection access list names    This command displays a list of all existing ARP ACLs   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show ip arp inspection access list names    11 5 5 show ip arp inspection access list rules    This command displays all ACL rules of a dedicated ARP ACL   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show ip arp inspection access list rules  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 string  lt acl name gt  Name of ACL        CLI MSP  194 Release 2 0 02 2013    Dynamic ARP Inspection 11 5 show    11 5 6 show ip arp inspection interfaces    This command shows the Dyn
142. arp inspection verify dst mac  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no ip arp inspection verify dst mac    11 1 3 ip arp inspection verify ip    If enabled validates the sender protocol address  always  and the target pro   tocol address  response  in the ARP packet body to be a public unicast IP  address  Such addresses exclude 0 0 0 0  multicast broadcast addresses   reserved addresses and loopback addresses  If disabled does not perform  this additional security check    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  ip arp inspection verify ip    no ip arp inspection verify ip  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no ip arp inspection verify ip    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 183    Dynamic ARP Inspection 11 1 ip    11 1 4 ip arp inspection access list add    This command creates a new ARP ACL  and optionally activates it    Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  ip arp inspection access list add  lt P 1 gt    lt P 2 gt      Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 string  lt acl name gt  Name of ACL   P 2 active Activate the option   P 2 inactive Inactivate the option           11 1 5 ip arp inspection access list delete    This command deletes an ARP ACL  and all rules associated with it    Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  ip arp inspection access list delete  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 string  lt acl name gt  N
143. ase 2 0 02 2013    Differentiated Services  DiffServ  18 3 policy map                            Parameter Value Meaning  P 7 af11 afll  af12 af12  af13 af13  af21 af21  af22 af22  af23 af23  af31 af31  af32 af32  af33 af33  af41 af41  af42 af42  af43 af43  be   e  cs0 cs0  cs1 csl  cs2 cs2  cs3 cs3  cs4 cs4  cs5 cs5  cs6 cs6  cs7 cs7  ef ef  P 8 0  7 Ip precedence value   P 9 0  7 COS value   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 283    Differentiated Services  DiffServ  18 3 policy map    18 3 12policy map name class name police simple  conform action set prec transmit violate ac   tion    Configure a Diffserv policy   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  policy map name  lt string gt  class name  lt string gt   police simple  lt 1  4294967295 gt   lt 1  128 gt   conform action set prec transmit  lt 0  7 gt   violate action   drop    set cos as sec cos    set cos transmit  lt 0  7 gt     set dscp transmit   lt af1l   af12 af13   af21   af22   af23   af31   af32   af33  af41   af42 af43 be csO csl cs2   cs3 cs4 cs5   cs6   cs7   ef gt     set prec transmit  lt 0  7 gt     set sec cos transmit  lt 0  7 gt     transmit     class  Manage DiffServ policy class instances   name  Configure a policy class instance   p  police simple  Establish the traffic policing style for the specified class   conform action  Conform action   violate action  Violate action    drop  Drop    set cos as sec cos  Set COS aS SeC COs  set cos transmit  set cos transmit  set sec cos tra
144. ase 2 0 02 2013 231    Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol 15 2 dhcp server   DHCP     no dhcp server pool mode  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no dhcp server pool mode    15 2 5 dhcp server pool delete    Pool delete   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dhcp server pool delete  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  128 Pool ID        CLI MSP  232 Release 2 0 02 2013    Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol 15 3 show   DHCP     15 3 show    Display device options and settings     15 3 1 show dhcp server operation    Display DHCP Server global information   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show dhcp server operation    15 3 2 show dhcp server pool    Show DHCP Server pool entries   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show dhcp server pool   lt P 1 gt         Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  128 Pool ID   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 233    Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol 15 3 show   DHCP     15 3 3 show dhcp server interface    Show DHCP Server per interface   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show dhcp server interface   lt P 1 gt      Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no     15 3 4 show dhcp server lease    Show DHCP Server lease entries   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show dhcp server lease       CLI MSP  234 Release 2 0 0
145. ass    Configure MAC Authentication bypass for the port   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dotlx mac auth bypass    no dot1x mac auth bypass   Disable the option   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no dotlx mac auth bypass    CLI MSP  326 Release 2 0 02 2013    802 1X Port Authentication 21 3 dot1x    21 3 5 dot1x port control    Set the authentication mode on the specified port   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dotlx port control  lt P 1 gt                             Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 auto Port is actually controlled by protocol    P 1 force authorized Port is authorized unconditionally  de   fault     P 1 force unauthorized Port is unauthorized unconditionally    P 1 multi client  f more than one client is attached to the  port  then each client needs to authenticate    separately     21 3 6 dot1x re authentication    Enable re authentication for the given interface   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dotlx re authentication    no dot1x re authentication   Disable re authentication for the given interface   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no dotlx re authentication    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 327    802 1X Port Authentication 21 3 dot1x    21 3 7 dot1x unauthenticated vian    Configure a VLAN as 802 1X unauthenticated VLAN   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dotlx unauthenticated v
146. associated operating software  In addition  we refer to the conditions of use  specified in the license contract     You can get the latest version of this manual on the Internet at the Hirschmann product site   www hirschmann com      Printed in Germany   Hirschmann Automation and Control GmbH  Stuttgarter Str  45 51   72654 Neckartenzlingen   Germany   Tel    49 1805 141538    Rel  2 0   02 2013     21 2 13    Contents    Contents    About this Manual    Key  1 Introduction  1 1  Command Line Interface  2 Access to CLI  2 1 Preparing the connection  2 2 CLI via SSH  Secure Shell   2 3 CLI via the V 24 port  2 4 CLI access via telnet  2 4 1 Telnet connection via Windows  2 4 2 Telnet connection via PuTTY  3 Using the CLI  3 1 Mode based command hierarchy  3 2 Executing the commands  3 2 1 Syntax analysis  3 2 2 Command tree  3 2 3 Structure of a command  3 3 Properties of the CLI  3 3 1 Input prompt  3 3 2 Key combinations  3 3 3 Data entry elements  4 Examples  4 1 Setting the IP address  4 2 Saving the Configuration  4 3 Syntax of the    radius server auth add    command  5 Maintenance  CLI MSP MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013    11    12  13  18    22  22  24    Contents    CLI MSP MSP  4 Release 2 0 02 2013    About this Manual    About this Manual    The    Command Line Interface    reference manual contains detailed  information on using the Command Line Interface to operate the individual  functions of the device     The    Web based Interface    reference manual contains d
147. at  show dot1lx clients   lt P 1 gt                  Parameter Value Meaning  P   aa bb cc dd ee  MAC address   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 323    802 1X Port Authentication 21 2 show    21 2 6 show dot1x statistics    Display the 802 1X statistics for the specified port   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show dotlx statistics  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no     CLI MSP  324 Release 2 0 02 2013    802 1X Port Authentication 21 3 dot1x    21 3 dot1x    Configure 802 1X interface parameters     21 3 1 dot1x guest vian    Configure a VLAN as 802 1X guest VLAN   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dotlx guest vlan  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 0  4042 Enter the VLAN ID  Entering of ID 0 disables  the feature                                   21 3 2 dot1i1x max req    Configure the maximum number of requests to be sent   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dotlx max req  lt P 1 gt           Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  10 Maximum number of requests  default  2    CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 325    802 1X Port Authentication 21 3 dot1x    21 3 3 dot1x max users    Configure the maximum number of supplicants on a port   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dotlx max users  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  16 Maximum number of supplicants on a port  de   fault  16         21 3 4 dot1x mac auth byp
148. at  snmp trap delete  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 string  lt name gt  Trap name  1 to 32 characters     CLI MSP  694 Release 2 0 02 2013    SNMP Traps 66 1 snmp    66 1 3 snmp trap add    Add SNMP trap   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  snmp trap add  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 string  lt name gt  Trap name  1 to 32 characters   P 2   uU   U   U   U a b c d Single IP address   P 2   U   U   U    UI  a b c d n Address with port    u  CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 695    SNMP Traps 66 2 show    66 2 show    Display device options and settings     66 2 1 show snmp traps    Display SNMP traps   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show snmp traps    CLI MSP  696 Release 2 0 02 2013    Users 66 2 show    67 Users    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 697    Users 67 1 users    67 1 users    Manage Users and User Accounts     67 1 1 users add    Add a new user   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  users add  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  Pal string  lt user gt  User name  up to 32 characters      67 1 2 users delete    Delete an existing user   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  users delete  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  pal string  lt user gt  User name  up to 32 characters      CLI MSP  698 Release 2 0 02 2013    Users 67 1 users    67 1 3 users enable    Enable user   Mode  Global Config Mode
149. ce     Parameter Value  P 1 string  P 2 string  1 1  1 2  1 3  1 4  2 1  2 2  2 3  2 4  3 1  3 2  3 3  3 4  4 1  4 2  4 3  4 4  5 1  5 2  5 3  5 4    P 3    292    Meaning       Enter  racters                 Enter  CacterSs   slot 1   port 1  slot 1   port 2  slot 1   port 3  slot 1   port 4  slot 2   port 1  slot 2   port 2  slot 2   port 3  slot 2   port 4  slot 3   port 1  slot 3   port 2  slot 3   port 3  slot 3   port 4  slot 4   port 1  slot 4   port 2  slot 4   port 3  slot 4   port 4  slot 5   port 1  slot 5   port 2  slot 5   port 3  slot 5   port 4       the Di    the Dif       18 3 policy map      1 4   2 1      3 1   3 2      4 2   4 3      5 3   5 4  gt        ffServ pol                fServ pol    icy name  max     icy name  max        31    cha        31 cha     CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013    Differentiated Services  DiffServ  18 3 policy map    18 3 17 policy map name class remove    Configure a Diffserv policy    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  policy map name  lt string gt  class remove  lt string gt   class  Manage DiffServ policy class instances   remove  Remove a policy class instance                                            Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 string Enter the DiffServ policy name  max  31 cha   racters    P 2 string Enter the DiffServ policy name  max  31 cha   racters        18 3 18 policy map rename    Rename an existing DiffServ policy   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  policy
150. ce Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  igmp snooping groupmembership interval  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 2  3600 Enter a number in the given range        27 3 4 igmp snooping maxresponse    Set the igmp maximum response time  1 25  in seconds per interface   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  igmp snooping maxresponse  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  25 Enter a number in the given range        CLI MSP  368 Release 2 0 02 2013    IGMP Snooping 27 3 igmp snooping    27 3 5 igmp snooping mcrtrexpiretime    Sets the multicast router present expiration time  0 3600  in seconds per in   terface   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  igmp snooping mcrtrexpiretime  lt P 1 gt   Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0  3600 Enter a number in the given range        27 3 6 igmp snooping static query port    Configures the interface as a static query interface in all VLANs   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  igmp snooping static query port    no igmp snooping static query port  Disable the option   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no igmp snooping static query port    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 369    IGMP Snooping 27 4 show    27 4 show    Display device options and settings     27 4 1 show igmp snooping global    Show IGMP snooping global information   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show igmp snoopin
151. ce Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no lldp tlv mgmt addr    34 3 9 Ildp tiv port desc    Enable port description TLV transmission   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  lldp tlv port desc    no lidp tiv port desc   Disable port description TLV transmission   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no lldp tlv port desc    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 433    Link Layer Discovery Protocol  LLDP  34 3 IIldp    34 3 10 Ildp tiv port vian    Enable port vian TLV transmission   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  lldp tlv port vlan    no Ildp tiv port vian   Disable port vlan TLV transmission   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no lldp tlv port vlan    34 3 11 Ildp tiv protocol    Enable protocol TLV transmission   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  lldp tlv protocol    no lidp tiv protocol   Disabe protocol TLV transmission   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no lldp tlv protocol    CLI MSP  434 Release 2 0 02 2013    Link Layer Discovery Protocol  LLDP  34 3 IIdp    34 3 12 Ildp tiv sys cap    Enable system capabilities TLV transmission   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  lldp tlv sys cap    no Ilidp tiv sys cap   Disable system capabilities TLV transmission   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no lldp tlv sys cap    34 3 13 Ildp tly sys desc    Enab
152. ce will only transmit frames  Recei   ved frames  nthat are not processed    P 4 rx Interface will only receive frames  Frames  are not ntransmitted    P 4 txrx Interface will receive and transmit frames    P 5 slot no  port no    CLI MSP    610 Release 2 0 02 2013    Switched Monitoring  SMON  55 1 monitor    no monitor session   Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no monitor session    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 611    Switched Monitoring  SMON  55 2 show    55 2 show    Display device options and settings     55 2 1 show monitor session    Display port monitor session settings   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show monitor session  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1 Monitor session index     CLI MSP  612 Release 2 0 02 2013    Switched Monitoring  SMON  55 3 clear    55 3 clear    Clear several items     55 3 1 clear monitor session    Delete configuration for this session   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  clear monitor session  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1 Monitor session index   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 613    Switched Monitoring  SMON  55 3 clear    CLI MSP  614 Release 2 0 02 2013    Simple Network Management Pro  55 3 clear  tocol  SNMP     56 Simple Network Management  Protocol  SNMP     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 615    Simple Network Management Pro  56 1 snmp  tocol  SNMP     56 1 snmp    Configure of SNMP version
153. conditions to be monitored     13 3 1 device status link alarm    Configure the monitor settings of the port link   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  device status link alarm    no device status link alarm  Disable the option   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no device status link alarm    CLI MSP  214 Release 2 0 02 2013    Security Status 13 3 device status    14 Security Status    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 215    Security Status 14 1 security status    14 1 security status    Configure the security status settings     14 1 1 security status monitor pwd change    Sets the monitoring of default password change for n user  and    admin      Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  security status monitor pwd change    no security status monitor pwd change  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no security status monitor pwd change    14 1 2 security status monitor pwd min length    Sets the monitoring of minimum length of the password n smaller 8    Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  security status monitor pwd min length    CLI MSP  216 Release 2 0 02 2013    Security Status 14 1 security status    no security status monitor pwd min length  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no security status monitor pwd min length    14 1 3 security status monitor
154. configuration  CLI script      CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 171    Configure 10 5 show    10 5 show    Display device options and settings     10 5 1 show config envm settings    Show External Memory Devices Settings  Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show config envm settings    10 5 2 show config envm properties    Show External Memory Devices Properties  Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show config envm properties    CLI MSP  172 Release 2 0 02 2013    Configure 10 5 show    10 5 3 show config watchdog    Show the Auto Configuration Undo settings   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show config watchdog    10 5 4 show config encryption    Show the settings for config encryption   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show config encryption    10 5 5 show config profiles    Show configuration profiles   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  show config profiles  lt P 1 gt    lt P 2 gt                  Parameter Value Meaning   P  i  nvm non volative memory   Pail envm external non volative memory device  P 2 1  20 Index of the profile entry    CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 173    Configure    10 5 6 show config status    Show sync Status of running config with NV and ACA   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show config status    174    10 5 sho
155. cp snooping database write delay 248  17 1 5 ip dhcp snooping binding add 248  17 1 6 ip dhcp snooping binding delete all 249  17 1 7 ip dhcp snooping binding delete interface 249  17 1 8 ip dhcp snooping binding delete mac 249  17 1 9 ip dhcp snooping binding mode 250  17 2 clear 251  17 2 1 clear ip dhcp snooping bindings 251  17 2 2 clear ip dhcp snooping statistics 251  17 3 ip 252  17 3 1 ip dhcp snooping mode 252  17 4 ip 253  17 4 1 ip dhcp snooping trust 253  17 4 2 ip dhcp snooping log 254  17 4 3 ip dhcp snooping auto disable 254  17 4 4 ip dhcp snooping limit 255  17 5 show 256  17 5 1 show ip dhcp snooping global 256  17 5 2 show ip dhcp snooping statistics 256  17 5 3 show ip dhcp snooping interfaces 257  17 5 4 show ip dhcp snooping vlan 257  17 5 5 show ip dhcp snooping bindings 257  18 Differentiated Services  DiffServ  259  18 1 diffserv 260  18 2 class map 261  18 2 1 class map name 261  18 2 2 class map rename 265  18 2 3 class map match all 265  18 2 4 class map remove 266  18 3 policy map 267  18 3 1 policy map create 267  18 3 2 policy map name class add 268  18 3 3 policy map name class name assign queue 269  18 3 4 policy map name class name conform color 270  18 3 5 policy map name class name drop 271  18 3 6 policy map name class name mark 272  18 3 7 policy map name class name mirror 274  18 3 8 policy map name class name police simple conform  action drop violate action 275  CLI MSP    64 Release 2 0 02 2013    Content    18 4  18 5  18 6    19  19
156. cp snooping statistics    CLI MSP  256 Release 2 0 02 2013    DHCP Snooping 17 5 show    17 5 3 show ip dhcp snooping interfaces    This command shows the DHCP Snooping status of all interfaces   Mode  command is in all modes available    Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show ip dhcp snooping interfaces    17 5 4 show ip dhcp snooping vian    This command displays the VLAN based DHCP Snooping status   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show ip dhcp snooping vlan    17 5 5 show ip dhcp snooping bindings    This command displays the DHCP Snooping binding entries from the static  and or dynamic bindings table   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show ip dhcp snooping bindings   lt P 1 gt    inter   face  lt P 2 gt    vlan  lt P 3 gt     interface   Restrict the output based on a specific interface     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 257    DHCP Snooping 17 5 show     vlan   Restrict the output based on VLAN                                      Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 static Restrict the output based on static bin   dings    P 1 dynamic Restrict the output based on dynamic bin   dings    P 2 slot no  port no    P 3 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID           CLI MSP  258 Release 2 0 02 2013    Differentiated Services  DiffServ  17 5 show    18 Differentiated Services  DiffS   erv     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 259    Differentiated Services  DiffServ  18 1 diffserv    18 1 diffserv    Enable or disable DiffSe
157. cted   not                                     Parameter Value Meaning  Pek string  lt a   TLSE   P 2 reject Authentication  P 2 local Authentication by  P 2 radius Authentication by  P 2 jas Authentication by  P 3 reject Authentication is  P 3 local Authentication by  P 3 radius Authentication by  P 3 jas Authentication by  P 4 reject Authentication is  P 4 local Authentication by  P 4 radius Authentication by  P 4 jas Authentication by  PES reject Authentication is  P 5 local Authentication by  P 5 radius Authentication by  P 5 jas Authentication by  P 6 reject Authentication is  P 6 local Authentication by  P 6 radius Authentication by  P 6 jas Authentication by  CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013       local user DB  RADIUS server  IAS server             allowed    allowed    allowed    allowed      lt P 4 gt      uthlist_name gt  Name of an authentication    123    Authentication List 4 1 authlists    4 1 4 authlists enable    Activate a login authentication list   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  authlists enable  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  Pal string  lt authlist_ name gt  Name of an authentication  list        4 1 5 authlists disable    Deactivate a login authentication list   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  authlists disable  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  p  string  lt authlist_name gt  Name of an authentication  list        CLI MSP  124 Release 2 0 02 2013    Authentication Lis
158. ction    drop  Drop    set cos as sec cos  set COS as SeCc cos  set cos transmit  set cos transmit  set sec cos transmit  set sec cos transmit  set prec transmit  set prec transmit  set dscp transmit  set dscp transmit  transmit  transmit    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 279    Differentiated Services  DiffServ     Parameter Value    Ped     280    string  string    1  4294967295  1  128  0  7  0  7  af11  af12  af13  af21  af22  af23  af31  af32  af33  af41  af42  af43  be  cs0  cs1  cs2  cs3  cs4  cs5  cs6  cs7  ef  0  7  0  7    Meaning       racters                      racters        Data rate       Burst size  COS value        COS value                 M      Y JM    V  V  V     ow  D  th   Fh   t Fh   Ht au H t t t  WwW          o  D    cs0  csl  cs2  cs3  cs4  cs5  cs6  cs7    er          COS value     18 3 policy map                            Ip precedence value        Enter the DiffServ policy name  max  31 cha   Enter the DiffServ policy name  max  31 cha    Kbps     KB    CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013    Differentiated Services  DiffServ  18 3 policy map    18 3 11policy map name class name police simple  conform action set dscp transmit violate ac   tion    Configure a Diffserv policy   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  policy map name  lt string gt  class name  lt string gt   police  simple  lt 1  4294967295 gt   lt 1  128 gt   conform action set dscp transmit   lt afll afl2 afl3 af21 af22   af23  af31 af32 af33 af41   af42 af43 be cs
159. ctions   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show sntp client server   lt P 1 gt      Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  4 Enter a number in the given range        59 2 4 show sntp server status    Show SNTP server configuration parameters and information   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show sntp server status    59 2 5 show sntp server broadcast    Show SNTP server broadcast configuration parameters   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show sntp server broadcast    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 641    Simple Network Time Protocol 59 2 show   SNTP     CLI MSP  642 Release 2 0 02 2013    Spanning Tree 59 2 show    60 Spanning Tree    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 643    Spanning Tree 60 1 spanning tree    60 1 spanning tree    Enable or disable the Spanning Tree protocol     60 1 1 spanning tree operation    Enable   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  spanning tree operation    no spanning tree operation  Disable   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no spanning tree operation    60 1 2 spanning tree bpdu filter    Enable BPDU filter on edge ports   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  spanning tree bpdu filter    CLI MSP  644 Release 2 0 02 2013    Spanning Tree 60 1 spanning tree    no spanning tree bpdu filter  Disable BPDU filter on edge ports   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  
160. cy map name  lt string gt  class name  lt string gt   police simple   lt  1  4294967295 gt   lt 1  128 gt  conform action  drop violate action   drop    set cos as sec cos    set cos transmit  lt 0  7 gt     set dscp transmit   lt afll atl2 afls atZl at22    af23  af31 af32 af33 af41   af42 af43 be csO csl cs2   cs3 cs4 cs5 cs6 cs7 ef gt     set prec transmit  lt 0  7 gt     set sec cos transmit  lt 0O  7 gt     transmit     class  Manage DiffServ policy class instances   name  Configure a policy class instance   police simple  Establish the traffic policing style for the specified class   conform action  Conform action   violate action  Violate action    drop  Drop    set cos as sec cos  set COS asS SeC Cos  set cos transmit  set cos transmit  set sec cos transmit  set sec cos transmit  set prec transmit  set prec transmit  set dscp transmit  set dscp transmit  transmit  transmit    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 275    Differentiated Services  DiffServ     Parameter Value    Ped     276    string  string    1  4294967295  1  128  0  7  af11  af12  af13  af21  af22  af23  af31  af32  af33  af41  af42  af43  be  cs0  cs1  cs2  cs3  cs4  cs5  cs6  cs7  ef  0  7  0  7    Meaning       racters                      racters        Data rate       Burst size  COS value                    M   Y  Y JM Jo  V  V     V  V       ajo  ujo  D    cs1  cs2  ess  cs4  cs5  cs6  cs7    Sr          COS value     Enter the Di    Enter the Di    18 3 policy map                            Ip precede
161. des available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show dns client info    19 1 4 show dns client servers    Show the DNS Client servers   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show dns client servers   lt P 1 gt      Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 extern Show the DNS Client servers received from  external sources              CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 303    Domain Name System  DNS  19 2 dns    19 2 dns    Set DNS parameters     19 2 1 dns cache adminstate    Enable DNS cache   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dns cache adminstate    no dns cache adminstate   Disable DNS cache   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no dns cache adminstate    19 2 2 dns cache flush    Flush the DNS cache   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dns cache flush  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 action Flush the DNS cache     CLI MSP  304 Release 2 0 02 2013    Domain Name System  DNS  19 2 dns    19 2 3 dns client adminstate    Enable DNS Client   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dns client adminstate    no dns client adminstate  Disable DNS Client   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no dns client adminstate    19 2 4 dns client domain name    DNS Client default domain name   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dns client domain name  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 string Hostname    19 2 
162. device options and settings     2 5 1 show access list global    Display the next free index for both Mac and IPv4 based access lists   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show access list global    2 5 2 show access list mac    Display all information for a specific MAC based access list   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show access list mac   lt P 1 gt     lt P 2 gt      Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 10000  10099 Access list index   P 2 1  1023 Access list rule index              CLI MSP  114 Release 2 0 02 2013    Access Control List  ACL  2 5 show    2 5 3 show access list ip    Display all information for a specific IP based access list   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show access list ip   lt P 1 gt     lt P 2 gt               Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1000  1099 Access list index   P 2 1  1023 Access list rule index     2 5 4 show access list assignment ip    Display assignments of existing IP ACLs  Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show access list assignment ip  lt P 1 gt   Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1000  1099 Access list index     2 5 5 show access list assignment mac    Display assignments of existing MAC ACLs  Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show access list assignment mac  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 10000  10099 Access list index   CLI MSP    Rel
163. e   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show arp    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 421    Internet Protocol Version 4  IPv4  33 4 show    CLI MSP  422 Release 2 0 02 2013    Link Layer Discovery Protocol  LLDP  33 4 show    34 Link Layer Discovery Protocol   LLDP     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 423    Link Layer Discovery Protocol  LLDP  34 1 Ildp    34 1 Ildp    Configure of Link Layer Discovery Protocol     34 1 1 Ildp operation    Enable the LLDP operational state   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  lldp operation    no Iidp operation   Disable the LLDP operational state   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no lldp operation    CLI MSP  424 Release 2 0 02 2013    Link Layer Discovery Protocol  LLDP  34 1 Ildp    34 1 2 Ilidp config chassis admin state    Enable or disable the LLDP operational state   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  lldp config chassis admin state  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 enable Enable the option   P 1 disable Disable the option        34 1 3 Ildp config chassis notification interval    Enter the LLDP notification interval in seconds   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  lldp config chassis notification interval  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 5  3600 Enter a number in the given range        34 1 4 Ildp config chassis re init delay    Enter the LLDP re initialization delay in seconds
164. e  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no address conflict trap status    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 91    IP Address Conflict Detection 1 2 show    1 2 show    Display device options and settings     1 2 1 show address conflict global    Displays the component mode   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show address conflict global    1 2 2 show address conflict detected    Displays the last detected address conflict   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show address conflict detected    CLI MSP  92 Release 2 0 02 2013    IP Address Conflict Detection 1 2 show    1 2 3 show address conflict fault state    Displays the current conflict status   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show address conflict fault state    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 93    IP Address Conflict Detection    94    1 2 show    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Access Control List  ACL  1 2 show    2 Access Control List  ACL     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 95    Access Control List  ACL  2 1 mac    2 1 mac    Set MAC parameters     2 1 1 mac access list extended name    Create a MAC access list   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  mac access list extended name  lt P 1 gt  deny src  lt P   2 gt  dst  lt P 3 gt   ethertype  lt P 4 gt    vlan  lt P 5 gt   lt P 6 gt    cos   lt P 7 gt    log   time range  lt P 8 gt   permit src  lt P 9 gt  dst   lt P 10 gt   ethertype  lt P
165. e  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no spanning tree mode    60 2 2 spanning tree bpdu flood    Enable BPDU flood on a port   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  spanning tree bpdu flood    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 649    Spanning Tree 60 2 spanning tree    no spanning tree bpdu flood  Disable BPDU flood on a port   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no spanning tree bpdu flood    60 2 3 spanning tree edge auto    Enable the auto edge detection on a port   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  spanning tree edge auto    no spanning tree edge auto   Disable the auto edge detection on a port   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no spanning tree edge auto    60 2 4 spanning tree edge port    Enable that port being an edge port   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  spanning tree edge port    CLI MSP  650 Release 2 0 02 2013    Spanning Tree 60 2 spanning tree    no spanning tree edge port  Disable that port being an edge port   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no spanning tree edge port    60 2 5 spanning tree guard loop    Enable the loop guard on a port   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  spanning tree guard loop    no spanning tree guard loop  Disable the loop guard on a port   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no spanning tree guard loop    60 2 6 spa
166. e  lt P 1 gt                                            Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 all Untagged frames or priority frames received  on this interface are accepted and  n as   signed the value of the interface VLAN ID for  this port    P 1 vlanonly Only frames received with a VLAN tag will be  forwarded  All other frames will be dropped           68 4 2 vlan ingressfilter    Enable application of Ingress Filtering Rules   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  vlan ingressfilter    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 709    Virtual LAN  VLAN  68 4 vian    no vian ingressfilter   Disable application of Ingress Filtering Rules   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no vlan ingressfilter    68 4 3 vlan priority    Configure the priority for untagged frames   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  vlan priority  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0  7 Enter a number in the given range        68 4 4 vlan pvid    Configure the VLAN id for a specific port   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  vlan pvid  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID           CLI MSP  710 Release 2 0 02 2013    Virtual LAN  VLAN  68 4 vian    68 4 5 vlan tagging    Enable tagging for a specific VLAN port   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  vlan tagging  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID           no vian tagging 
167. e  lt P 1 gt     profile   Save configuration to profile     Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  32 charac   ters              CLI MSP  164 Release 2 0 02 2013    Configure 10 1 copy    10 1 8 copy config running config remote    Save running config to file server   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  copy config running config remote  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  128 charac   Gers              10 1 9 copy config nvm    Load configuration from NV memory   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  copy config nvm  profile  lt P 1 gt   running config  remote  lt P 2 gt    profile   Load configuration from profile   running config   Re  load configuration from NV memory   remote  Copy configuration from nvm to server                                Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  32 charac   ters    P 2 string Enter a user defined text  max  128 charac   ters    CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 165    Configure 10 1 copy    10 1 10 copy config envm    Copy configuration from external non volative memory device to NV memo   ry    Mode  Privileged Exec Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  copy config envm  profile  lt P 1 gt   nvm   profile   Copy profile from external non volative memory device to NV  memory   nvm  Copy profile from external non volative memory device to NV memory     Paramete
168. e Level  Administrator  Format  https port  lt P 1 gt                 Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  65535 Port number of the web server  default   443      CLI MSP  352 Release 2 0 02 2013    HTTP Secure  HTTPS  25 1 https    25 1 3 https certificate    Generate Delete HTTPS X509 PEM certificate   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  https certificate  lt P 1 gt              Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 generate Generates the item  P 1 delete Deletes the item  CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 353    HTTP Secure  HTTPS  25 2 copy    25 2 copy    Copy different kinds of items     25 2 1 copy httpscert remote    Copy X509 PEM certificate from server   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  copy httpscert remote  lt P 1 gt  nvm  nvm  Copy HTTPS certificate  PEM  from the remote server to the NV memo   ry   Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  128 charac   ters              CLI MSP  354 Release 2 0 02 2013    HTTP Secure  HTTPS  25 3 show    25 3 show    Display device options and settings     25 3 1 show https    Show HTTPS server information   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show https    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 355    HTTP Secure  HTTPS  25 3 show    CLI MSP  356 Release 2 0 02 2013    Integrated Authentification Server 25 3 show   IAS     26 Integrated Authentification  Server  IAS     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 357    Integrated Authentif
169. e access to the de   vice permanently in case of loosing administrator password or mis confi   guration    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  no selftest system monitor    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 583    Selftest 50 1 selftest    50 1 4 selftest boot default on error    Enable loading of the default configuration in case there is any error loading  the configuration during boot phase  If disabled the system will be halted   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  selftest boot default on error    no selftest boot default on error  Disable loading of the default configuration in case there is any error loa   ding the configuration during boot phase  If disabled the system will be  halted    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  no selftest boot default on error    CLI MSP  584 Release 2 0 02 2013    Selftest 50 2 show    50 2 show    Display device options and settings     50 2 1 show selftest action    Displays the actions of the device takes if an error occurs   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show selftest action    50 2 2 show selftest settings    Displays the selftest settings   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show selftest settings    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 585    Selftest 50 2 show    CLI MSP  586 Release 2 0 02 2013    sFlow 50 2 show    51 sFlow    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 587    sFlow 
170. e command by pressing the Enter key     CLI MSP MSP  50 Release 2 0 02 2013    Examples                                              4 2 Saving the Configuration                                                                                                                                      MSP   gt enable   MSP   copy   audittrail Copy audit trail to envm or file server   config Copy configuration   eventlog Copy different eventlogs   firmware Copy firmware   httpscert Copy X509 PEM certificate   script Copy Script File   sfp white list Copy SFP WhiteList to system  sshkey Copy SSH key   sysinfo Copy system information for service purpose   sysinfoall Copy system information and event log   tcpdumpcap Copy internal capture file   tcpdumpfilter Copy capture filter   traplog Copy traplog to different destinations    MSP   copy config   envm Copy configuration from external non volative  memory device to NV memory   nvm Load configuration from NV memory   remote Copy configuration file from server   running config Save running configuration         MSP   nvm  rem     COpy con        ote          fig running config     Save running conf       ig             Save running config              MSP   copy coni   profile    lt cr gt                  MSP           fig running config nvm     Save  Press       copy cont    CLI MSP MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    con             fig running config nvm 1       to nv memory        CO    ile server        figuration to profile        Enter to
171. e ether stats   lt P 1 gt      Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no     CLI MSP  394 Release 2 0 02 2013    Digital IO Module 29 3 show    30 Digital IO Module    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 395    Digital IO Module 30 1 digital input    30 1 digital input    Digital Input related configuration     30 1 1 digital input admin state    Enable the polling for digital inputs   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  digital input admin state    no digital input admin state  Disable the polling for digital inputs   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no digital input admin state    30 1 2 digital input refresh interval    Set refresh interval in milli sec for digital inputs   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  digital input refresh interval  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1000  10000 Refresh interval in milli seconds           CLI MSP  396 Release 2 0 02 2013    Digital IO Module 30 1 digital input    30 1 3 digital input log event io    Configure a single io port   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  digital input log event io  lt P 1 gt                             Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 slot input Enter a Digital IO module input in slot in   put format    P 1 MU input Enter a Digital IO input on the power supply  module in MU input format           no digital input log event io  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  For
172. eaning  P 1 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID   P 2 string  lt remote id gt  tOption 82 Remote ID       CLI MSP  240 Release 2 0 02 2013    DHCP L2 Relay 16 4 dhcp I2relay    16 4 dhcp I2relay    Configure DHCP Layer 2 Relay for an interface  list range     16 4 1 dhcp l2relay mode    Enables DHCP Layer 2 Relay on an interface   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dhcp 12relay mode    no dhcp I2relay mode   Disables DHCP Layer 2 Relay on an interface   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no dhcp 12relay mode    16 4 2 dhcp l2relay trust    This command configures an interface as trusted  typically connected to a  DHCP server  or untrusted    Mode  Interface Range Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  dhcp 1l2relay trust    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 241    DHCP L2 Relay 16 4 dhcp Il2relay    no dhcp  2relay trust   Disable the option   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no dhcp 1l2relay trust    CLI MSP  242 Release 2 0 02 2013    DHCP L2 Relay 16 5 show    16 5 show    Display device options and settings     16 5 1 show dhcp I2relay global    This command displays the global DHCP Layer 2 Relay configuration   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show dhcp 12relay global    16 5 2 show dhcp I2relay statistics    This command displays interface statistics specific to DHCP Layer 2 Relay   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  sh
173. ease 2 0 02 2013 115    Access Control List  ACL  2 5 show    CLI MSP  116 Release 2 0 02 2013    Application List 2 5 show    3 Application List    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 117    Application List 3 1 appllists    3 1 appllists    Configure an application list     3 1 1 appllists set authlist    Set an authentication list reference that shall be used by given application   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  appllists set authlist  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt           Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 string  lt application gt  Name of an application list   P 2 string  lt authlist_name gt  Name of referenced authenti                       cation list     3 1 2 appllists enable    Activate a login application list   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  appllists enable  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P   string  lt application gt  Name of an application list           CLI MSP  118 Release 2 0 02 2013    Application List 3 1 appllists    3 1 3 appllists disable    Deactivate a login application list   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  appllists disable  lt P 1 gt           Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 string  lt application gt  Name of an application list   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 119    Application List 3 2 show    3 2 show    Display device options and settings     3 2 1 show appllists    Display ordered methods for application lists   Mode  command is in all modes available  
174. ebug Debug level messages    P 1 0 Same as emergency   P 1 1 Same as alert   P 1 2 Same as critical   P   3 Same as error   P  4 Same as warning   P  5 Same as notice   P  6 Same as informational   P  7 Same as debug          36 1 15 logging email operation    Enable logging email alert globally   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  logging email operation    CLI MSP  456 Release 2 0 02 2013    Logging 36 1 logging    no logging email operation  Disable logging email alert globally   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no logging email operation    36 1 16 logging email from addr    Configure mail address used by device to send email alert   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  logging email from addr  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  pai string Enter a valid email address       36 1 17 logging email duration    Periodic timer  in minutes  to send an non critical logs in mail   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  logging email duration  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 30  1440 Time duration in minutes  CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 457    Logging 36 1 logging    36 1 18 logging email severity urgent    Urgent severity level  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  logging email severity urgent  lt P 1 gt                                                                                                        Paramet
175. ecided against ma   king any compromises  Our client customized package leaves you free to  choose the service components you want to use    Internet    http   www hicomcenter com     H  HIRSCHMANN    A BELDEN BRAND    
176. efined text  max  128 charac   ters        no radius server auth modify  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no radius server auth modify    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 561    Radius 47 2 radius    47 2 9 radius server retransmit    Configure the retransmit value for the RADIUS server   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  radius server retransmit  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 1  15 Maximum number of retransmissions  default   4               47 2 10 radius server timeout    Configure the RADIUS server timeout value   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  radius server timeout  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  30 Timeout in seconds  default  5         CLI MSP  562 Release 2 0 02 2013    Radius 47 3 show    47 3 show    Display device options and settings     47 3 1 show radius global    Display global RADIUS configuration   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show radius global    47 3 2 show radius auth servers    Display all configured RADIUS authentication servers   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show radius auth servers   lt P 1 gt         Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  8 RADIUS server index   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 563    Radius 47 3 show    47 3 3 show radius auth statistics    Display RADIUS authentication server statistics   Mode  command is in a
177. ege Level  Operator  Format  dos tcp syn fin    no dos tcp syn fin   Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no dos tcp syn fin    20 1 4 dos tcp min header    Enables TCP minimal header size check   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dos tcp min header    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 313    DoS Mitigation 20 1 dos    no dos tcp min header   Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no dos tcp min header    20 1 5 dos icmp fragmented    Enables fragmented ICMP protection   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dos icmp fragmented    no dos icmp fragmented   Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no dos icmp fragmented    20 1 6 dos icmp payload check    Enables ICMP max payload size protection for IPv4 and IPv6   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dos icmp payload check    CLI MSP  314 Release 2 0 02 2013    DoS Mitigation 20 1 dos    no dos icmp payload check  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no dos icmp payload check    20 1 7 dos icmp payload size    Configures maximum ICMP payload size  default  512    Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dos icmp payload size  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0  1472 Max  ICMP payload size  default  512           20 1 8 dos ip land    Enables IP LAND attack pr
178. elect a configuration profile to be the active one   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  config profile select  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  P  I nvm You can only select nvm for this command   P 2 1  20 Index of the profile entry              CLI MSP  178 Release 2 0 02 2013    Configure 10 6 config    10 6 9 config profile delete    Delete configuration profile   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  config profile delete  lt P 1 gt  num  lt P 2 gt  profile  lt P   3 gt   num  Select the index of the profile to delete   profile  Select the name of the profile to delete                          Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 nym non volative memory   P 1 envm external non volative memory device   P 2 1  20 Index of the profile entry    P 3 string Enter a user defined text  max  32 charac   ters        10 6 10 config fingerprint verify    Verify the fingerprint of the selected profile   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  config fingerprint verify  lt P 1 gt  profile  lt P 2 gt    lt P 3 gt  num  lt P 4 gt   lt P 5 gt   profile  Select name of profile to be verified   num  Select index of profile to be verified                                            Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 nvm non volative memory   P 1 envm external non volative memory device   P 2 string Enter a user defined text  max  32 charac   ters    Paa string Enter hash as 40 hexa decimal characters
179. em event log entries       the audit trail log entries    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Logging 36 1 logging    36 1 4 logging host delete    Delete a logging host   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  logging host delete  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  8 Syslog server entry index       36 1 5 logging host modify    Modify an existing logging host   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  logging host modify  lt P 1 gt   addr  lt P 2 gt   lt P 3 gt     port  lt P 4 gt    severity  lt P 5 gt    type  lt P 6 gt     addr   Enter the IP address of the server    port   Enter the UDP port used for syslog server transmission    severity   Configure the maximum severity level to be sent to this syslog  server     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 449    Logging 36 1 logging     type   Configure the type of log messages to be sent to the syslog server                                                                                                                          Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 1  8 Syslog server entry index   P 2 string Hostname or IP address   P 3 A B C D IP address    P 4 1  65535 UDP port number to be used   P 5 emergency System is unusable  System failure has oc   curred    P 5 alert Action must be taken immediately  Unrecove   rable failure of a component  System failure  likely    P 5 critical Recoverable failure of a component that may  lead to system failure    P 5 error Error conditions
180. ent access  VLAN  and address    parms Show network settings               MSP  show network parms     lt cr gt  Press Enter to execute the command              CLI MSP MSP  48 Release 2 0 02 2013    Examples 4 1 Setting the IP address    L  Then enter    network    and    parms       to list your current network settings   Execute the command by pressing the Enter key                MSP  show network parms       IPv4 Network                                     Local TP addres Sac iped eae Ra Sal ee CAA Ee ees 10 115 10 100  SUbNEtMaS Kite ts ee    Met Aa idea Bue MAA SAA RLY 25529525970  Gateway  addresse e e ea wil ores Mie ee a sche a e aaa s LO OR aL  B  rned in MAC  address  esas oe eee Aea e hania i ee ec e5 55 01 55 60  REOQTOG OI  emise ea 30s a Ae Ne Mad ig ew eels SUS Pats Gee  Soe An none   Management VLAN DD    0 a  eins eis ae Os oo ea oe hee ee L   Management VLAN priority                2 08  0   Management IP DSCP value                     0      MSP    CLI MSP MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 49    Examples 4 2 Saving the Configuration    4 2 Saving the Configuration    To ensure that your password settings and your other configuration changes  are kept after the device is reset or after an interruption of the voltage supply   you save the configuration  To save your current configuration  you proceed  as follows     L  Enter enable to switch to the Privileged Exec mode     L  Enter the following command   copy config running config nvm  profile        O Execute th
181. equence number          Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 in Inbound direction   P 1 out Outbound direction   P 2 1  4294967295 Sequence    no mac access group del   Disable the option   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no mac access group del    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 103    Access Control List  ACL  2 3 ip    2 3 ip    Set IP parameters     2 3 1 ip access list extended name    Create an IP access list   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  ip access list extended name deny src  lt P 1 gt   eg   lt P 2 gt   dst  lt P 3 gt   eq  lt P 4 gt   proto  lt P 5 gt   precedence  lt P   6 gt    log   time range  lt P 7 gt    assign queue  lt P 8 gt    tos   lt P 9 gt   lt P 10 gt    log   time range  lt P 11 gt    assign queue   lt P 12 gt    dscp  lt P 13 gt    Log   time range  lt P 14 gt    as   sign queue  lt P 15 gt   every  log   time range  lt P 16 gt     assign queue  lt P 17 gt   permit src  lt P 18 gt   eq  lt P 19 gt   dst   lt P 20 gt   eq  lt P 21 gt   proto  lt P 22 gt   precedence  lt P 23 gt     log   time range  lt P 24 gt    mirror  lt P 25 gt    redirect   lt P 26 gt    tos  lt P 27 gt   lt P 28 gt    log   time range  lt P 29 gt     assign queue  lt P 30 gt    mirror  lt P 31 gt    redirect  lt P   32 gt    dscp  lt P 33 gt    log   time range  lt P 34 gt    assign   queue  lt P 35 gt    mirror  lt P 36 gt    redirect  lt P 37 gt   every   log   time range  lt P 38 gt    assign queue  lt P 39 gt    mir   ror 
182. er Value Meaning   P 1 emergency System is unusable  System failure has oc   curred    Pal alert Action must be taken immediately  Unrecove   rable failure of a component  System failure  likely    P 1 critical Recoverable failure of a component that may  lead to system failure    P 1 error Error conditions  Recoverable failure of a  component    P 1 warning Minor failure  e g  misconfiguration of a  component    P 1 notice Normal but significant conditions    P 1 informational Informational messages    P  debug Debug level messages    P 1 0 Same as emergency   P 1 1 Same as alert   P 1 2 Same as critical   P   3 Same as error   P  4 Same as warning   P  5 Same as notice   P  6 Same as informational   P  7 Same as debug          CLI MSP  458 Release 2 0 02 2013    Logging 36 1 logging    36 1 19 logging email severity non urgent    Non urgent severity level  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  logging email severity non urgent  lt P 1 gt                                                                                                     Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 emergency System is unusable  System failure has oc   curred    P 1 alert Action must be taken immediately  Unrecove   rable failure of a component  System failure  likely    P 1 critical Recoverable failure of a component that may  lead to system failure    Pei error Error conditions  Recoverable failure of a  component    P 1 warning Minor failure  e g  misconfiguration of a  compone
183. erial lines       M Select a serial line    Serial line to connect to        com       M Configure the serial line    Speed  baud   Data bits  Stop bits  Parity       Flow control        None 7    X0N xOFF 7           x     2 3 CLI via the V 24 port    L  Connect the device to a terminal via V 24 or to a    COM    port of your PC  using terminal emulation based on VT100  and press any key    L Or you set up the serial connection to the MSP via V 24 with PuTTY  see  Fig  7   Press the Enter key     XS PuTTY Configuration       Category    E  Session  Logging   E  Terminal  Keyboard  Bell  Features   B  Window  Appearance  Behaviour  Translation  Selection  Colours   El  Connection  Data  Proxy  Telnet  Rlogin   SSH   Serial                             About         Figure 7  Serial connection via V 24 with PuTTY    CLI MSP MSP       Basic options for your PuTTY session       M Specify the destination you want to connect to    Serial line    coms  a600    Connection type     C Raw    Telnet C Rlogin C SSH    Serial       Speed         Load  save or delete a stored session    Saved Sessions          Close window on exit   C Always C Never    Only on clean exit             Release 2 0 02 2013       cmo      19    Access to CLI 2 3 CLI via the V 24 port    After the connection has been made successfully  the device displays a  window for entering the user name     Copyright  c  2011 2013 Hirschmann Automation and Control GmbH          All rights reserved    MSP Release HiOS 2A 02 
184. erical characters  format  00 00      42 3 4 inlinepower auto shutdown timer    Configure the interface related inline power autoshutdown timer functionali   ty    Mode  Interface Range Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  inlinepower auto shutdown timer    CLI MSP  510 Release 2 0 02 2013    Power Over Ethernet  PoE  42 3 inlinepower    no inlinepower auto shutdown timer  Disable the option   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no inlinepower auto shutdown timer    42 3 5 inlinepower operation    Configure the interface related inline power administrative setting  enable or  disable  default  enable     Mode  Interface Range Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  inlinepower operation    no inlinepower operation   Disable the option   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no inlinepower operation    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 511    Power Over Ethernet  PoE  42 3 inlinepower    42 3 6 inlinepower name    Configure the interface related inline power interface name   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  inlinepower name  lt P 1 gt           Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  32 charac   Cers       42 3 7 inlinepower priority    Configure the inline power priority for this interface  In case of power scarcity   inline power on interfaces configured with the lowest priority is dropped first   Possible values are  critical  high or low  default  low  The high
185. error    as notice       1 as emergency  1 as critical    al as warning    as informational       628    NIOLO B amp B   NhM     gt   oO       Sam    O JDID IO JO 10  0       CLI    1 as debug    MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013    SNMP Logging 58 2 show    58 2 show    Display device options and settings     58 2 1 show logging snmp    Show the SNMP logging settings   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show logging snmp    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 629    SNMP Logging 58 2 show    CLI MSP  630 Release 2 0 02 2013    Simple Network Time Protocol 58 2 show   SNTP     59 Simple Network Time Protocol   SNTP     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 631    Simple Network Time Protocol   SNTP     59 1 sntp    Configure SNTP settings     59 1 1 sntp client operation    Enable the SNTP client  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  sntp client operation    no sntp client operation   Disable the SNTP client  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no sntp client operation    632    59 1 sntp    CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013    Simple Network Time Protocol 59 1 sntp   SNTP     59 1 2 sntp client operating mode    Set the operating mode of the SNTP client   nIn unicast mode  the client  sends a request to the SNTP Server   nIn broadcast mode  the client waits  for a broadcast message from the SNTP Server    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  sntp client operating mode  lt P 
186. erv policy summary information   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show diffserv service brief    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 297    Differentiated Services  DiffServ  18 6 show    18 6 3 show diffserv service interface    Display policy service information for the specified interface and direction   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show diffserv service interface  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt           Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 slot no  port no    P 2 in Traffic direction in   P 2 out Traffic direction out                    18 6 4 show class map    Show existing DiffServ classes or display information for a specified class   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show class map   lt P 1 gt                     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 string Enter the DiffServ class name  max  31 cha   racters     18 6 5 show policy map all    Show all Diffserv policies   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show policy map all    CLI MSP  298 Release 2 0 02 2013    Differentiated Services  DiffServ  18 6 show    18 6 6 show policy map interface    Show the policies attached to the specified interface   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show policy map interface  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt              Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 slot no  port no    P 2 in Traffic direction in   P 2 out Traffic direction out
187. erval  lt P 2 gt  maxresponse  lt P 3 gt  mcr   trexpiretime  lt P 4 gt  querier mode address  lt P 5 gt  elec   tion participate forward known  lt P 6 gt  forward all  lt P 7 gt   Static query port  lt P 8 gt  automatic mode  lt P 9 gt   mode  Enable or disable IGMP snooping per VLAN   fast leave  Enable or disable IGMP snooping fast leave per VLAN   groupmembership interval  Set IGMP group membership interval time   2 3600  in seconds per VLAN   maxresponse  Set the igmp maximum response time  1 25  in seconds per  VLAN   mcrtrexpiretime  Sets the multicast router present expiration time  0   3600  in seconds per VLAN   querier  Set IGMP snooping querier on the system   mode  Enable or disable IGMP snooping querier per VLAN   address  Set IGMP snooping querier address on the system using a VLAN   election participate  Enables the snooping querier to participate in  the querier election process when it discovers the presence of another que   rier in the VLAN   forward known  Sets the mode how known multicast packets will be trea   ted  The default value is registered ports only 2    forward all1  Enable or disable IGMP snooping forward all   static query port  Enable or disable IGMP snooping static query port     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 365    IGMP Snooping 27 2 igmp snooping    automatic mode  Enable or disable IGMP snooping automatic mode                                               Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID    P 2 2  3600 Enter a number
188. eshold  lt P 4 gt     mib variable   MIB variable   rising threshold   Rising threshold   falling threshold   Falling threshold                               Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 1  150 Enter an index that uniquely identifies an  entry in the alarm table    P 2 string Enter an object identifier of the particular  variable to be sampled  max  32 characters    P 3 1  2147483647 Enter the rising threshold for the sampled       statistic                 P 4 1  2147483647          Enter the falling threshold for the sampled  statistic                 CLI MSP  568 Release 2 0 02 2013    Remote Monitoring  RMON  48 1 rmon alarm    48 1 2 rmon alarm enable    Enable RMON alarm   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  rmon alarm enable  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning    PH1 1  150 Enter an index that uniquely identifies an  entry in the alarm table                 48 1 3 rmon alarm disable    Disable RMON alarm   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  rmon alarm disable  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 1  150 Enter an index that uniquely identifies an  entry in the alarm table                 48 1 4 rmon alarm delete    Delete RMON alarm   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  rmon alarm delete  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 1  150 Enter an index that uniquely identifies an  entry in the alarm table                 CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 569    Remote Monitoring  RMON  
189. est priority is  critical    Mode  Interface Range Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  inlinepower priority  lt P 1 gt                                               Parameter Value Meaning   P  crit  Set this interfaces  inline power priority  to critical  highest     P 1 high Set this interfaces  inline power priority  to high    P 1 low Set this interfaces  inline power priority  to low  This is the default setting           CLI MSP  512 Release 2 0 02 2013    Port Monitor 42 3 inlinepower    43 Port Monitor    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 513    Port Monitor 43 1 show    43 1 show    Display device options and settings     43 1 1 show port monitor operation    Display the Port Monitor operation   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show port monitor operation    43 1 2 show port monitor brief    Display the Port Monitor summary   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show port monitor brief    CLI MSP  514 Release 2 0 02 2013    Port Monitor 43 1 show    43 1 3 show port monitor port    Display the Port Monitor interface details   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show port monitor port  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no     43 1 4 show port monitor link flap    Display the link flaps counts for a specific interface   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show port monitor link flap  lt P 1 gt    
190. et prec transmit  set prec transmit  set dscp transmit  set dscp transmit  transmit  transmit    CLI MSP  290 Release 2 0 02 2013    Differentiated Services  DiffServ  18 3 policy map    Parameter Value    P 1    P 9  P 10    CLI MSP    string  string    1  4294967295  1  128  1  4294967295  1  128  0  7  af11  af12  af13  af21  af22  af23  af31  af32  af33  af41  af42  af43  be  cs0  cs1  cs2  cs3  cs4  cs5  cs6  cs7   ef   0  7  0  7    Release 2 0 02 2013    Meaning    Enter the DiffServ policy name  max  31 cha   racters              a    Enter the DiffServ policy name  max  31 cha   racters                                   Data rate  Kbps    Burst size  KB            Data rate  Kbps               Burst size  KB    COS value                       ol acta ena  Foor ae Be esd eal Poca ol el Be       a  o  u  o  D    csl  cs2  cs3  cs4  cs5  cs6  cs7    er          Ip precedence value   COS value     291    Differentiated Services  DiffServ     18 3 16policy map name class name redirect    Configure a Diffserv policy     Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  policy map name  lt string gt  class name  lt string gt   redirect  lt  1 1      2 2    S S       4 4      L2 I  VETS  2 3     274  374  471  571  1 572    class  Manage DiffServ policy class instances   name  Configure a policy class instance   remove  Remove a policy class instance   redirect  All incoming packets for the associated traffic stream are redirec   ted to a specific egress interfa
191. etailed information  on using the Web interface to operate the individual functions of the device     The    Basic Configuration    user manual contains the information you need to  start operating the device  It takes you step by step from the first startup  operation through to the basic settings for operation in your environment     The    Redundancy Configuration    user manual document contains the  information you require to select the suitable redundancy procedure and  configure it     The    Installation    user manual contains a device description  safety  instructions  a description of the display  and the other information that you  need to install the device     The Industrial HiVision Network Management Software provides you with  additional options for smooth configuration and monitoring     Simultaneous configuration of multiple devices  Graphical user interface with network layout  Auto topology discovery   Event log   Event handling   Client server structure   Browser interface   ActiveX control for SCADA integration  SNMP OPC gateway     CLI MSP MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 5    About this Manual    CLI MSP MSP  6 Release 2 0 02 2013    Key    Key    The designations used in this manual have the following meanings     List  O Work step  Subheading  Link Cross reference with link  Note  A note emphasizes an important fact or draws your attention to a dependency     Courier ASCII representation in user interface    CLI MSP MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Introduction 
192. evel  Administrator  Format  config envm auto update  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 sd SD Card  P 1 usb USB Storage Device          CLI MSP  176 Release 2 0 02 2013    Configure 10 6 config    no config envm auto update  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no config envm auto update    10 6 6 config envm config save    Allow the configuration to be saved to this memory device   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  config envm config save  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  B  sd SD Card  P 1 usb USB Storage Device          no config envm config save  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no config envm config save    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 177    Configure 10 6 config    10 6 7 config envm load priority    Configure the order of configuration load attempts from memory devices at  boot time  If one load succeeds  the others are ignored    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  config envm load priority  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt                                                                          Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 sd SD Card   P 1 usb USB Storage Device   P 2 disable Config will not be loaded at all   P 2 first Config will be loaded first  If successful   no other config will be tried    P 2 second Config will be loaded if first one does not  succeed     10 6 8 config profile select    S
193. f22  af23  af31  af32  af33  af41  af42  af43  be  cs0  cs1  cs2  cs3  cs4  cs5  cs6  cs7  ef  0  7  0  7    Meaning       racters                      racters        Data rate       Burst size  COS value                    M   Y  Y JM Jo  V  V     V  V       ajo  ujo  D    cs1  cs2  ess  cs4  cs5  cs6  cs7    Sr          COS value     Enter the Di    Enter the Di    18 3 policy map                            Ip precedence value        ffServ policy name  max  31 cha    f fServ policy name  max  31 cha    Kbps     KB     CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013    Differentiated Services  DiffServ  18 3 policy map    18 3 10policy map name class name police simple  conform action set cos transmit violate ac   tion    Configure a Diffserv policy   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  policy map name  lt string gt  class name  lt string gt   police  simple  lt 1  4294967295 gt   lt 1  128 gt   conform action set cos transmit  lt 0  7 gt   violate action   drop    set cos as sec cos    set cos transmit  lt 0  7 gt     set dscp transmit   lt af11   af12   af13  af21   af22    af23 af31l af32  af33 af41   af42 af43 be cs0O csl cs2   cs3 cs4 cs5 cs6 cs7 ef gt     set prec transmit  lt 0  7 gt     set sec cos transmit  lt 0  7 gt     transmit     class  Manage DiffServ policy class instances   name  Configure a policy class instance   police simple  Establish the traffic policing style for the specified class   conform action  Conform action   violate action  Violate a
194. fies the RADIUS client to use the NAS IP Address attribute in the RA   DIUS requests    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  radius server attribute 4  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 A B C D IP address        47 2 3 radius server acct add    Add a RADIUS accounting server   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  radius server acct add  lt P 1 gt  ip  lt P 2 gt   lt P 3 gt   name   lt P 4 gt    port  lt P 5 gt    ip  RADIUS accounting server IP address    name   RADIUS accounting server name    port   RADIUS accounting server port  default  1813                                          Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 1  8 Next RADIUS server valid index  it can be  seen with   show radius global  command     P 2 string Hostname or IP address   P 3 A B C D IP address     4 string Enter a user defined text  max  32 charac   ters    P 5 1  65535 Enter port number between 1 and 65535          CLI MSP  558 Release 2 0 02 2013    Radius 47 2 radius    47 2 4 radius server acct delete    Delete a RADIUS accounting server   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  radius server acct delete  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  8 RADIUS server index        47 2 5 radius server acct modify    Change a RADIUS accounting server parameters   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  radius server acct modify  lt P 1 gt   name  lt P 2 gt     port  lt P 3 gt    status 
195. g  P 1 20  256 Enter maximum header size between 20 and 256  CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 591    sFlow 51 3 show    51 3 show    Display device options and settings     51 3 1 show sflow agent    Display sflow agent settings   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show sflow agent    51 3 2 show sflow receivers    Display sflow receiver settings   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show sflow receivers   lt P 1 gt      Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 1  8 Enter an sFlow receiver index  0 to reset  configuration             CLI MSP  592 Release 2 0 02 2013    sFlow 51 3 show    51 3 3 show sflow pollers    Display sflow poller settings   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show sflow pollers    51 3 4 show sflow samplers    Display sflow sampler settings   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show sflow samplers    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 593    sFlow 51 3 show    CLI MSP  594 Release 2 0 02 2013    Small Form factor Pluggable  SFP  51 3 show    52 Small Form factor Pluggable   SFP     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 595    Small Form factor Pluggable  SFP  52 1 show    52 1 show    Display device options and settings     52 1 1 show sfp    Show info about plugged in SFP modules  Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show sfp   lt P 1 gt      Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no     CLI 
196. g Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  logging current console severity  lt P 1 gt                                                                                                              Parameter Value Meaning   R  emergency System is unusable  System failure has oc   curred    P 1 alert Action must be taken immediately  Unrecove   rable failure of a component  System failure  likely    P 1 critical Recoverable failure of a component that may  lead to system failure    P 1 error Error conditions  Recoverable failure of a  component    P 1 warning Minor failure  e g  misconfiguration of a  component    P 1 notice Normal but significant conditions    P 1 informational Informational messages    P  debug Debug level messages    P 1 0 Same as emergency   P 1 1 Same as alert   P 1 2 Same as critical   P 1 3 Same as error   P 1 4 Same as warning   P  5 Same as notice   P  6 Same as informational   P 1 7 Same as debug    36 1 9 logging console operation    Enable logging to the local V 24 console   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  logging console operation    CLI MSP  452 Release 2 0 02 2013    Logging 36 1 logging    no logging console operation  Disable logging to the local V 24 console   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no logging console operation    36 1 10 logging console severity    Configure the maximum severity level to be logged to the V 24 console   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level 
197. g global    27 4 2 show igmp snooping interface all    Show IGMP snooping information for interfaces   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show igmp snooping interface all    CLI MSP  370 Release 2 0 02 2013    IGMP Snooping 27 4 show    27 4 3 show igmp snooping interface port    Show IGMP snooping information per slot port   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show igmp snooping interface port  lt P 1 gt    lt P 2 gt      Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no   P 2 detail Show detail    27 4 4 show igmp snooping vian all    Show IGMP snooping VLAN information   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show igmp snooping vlan all    27 4 5 show igmp snooping vian vian id    Show IGMP snooping VLAN information   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show igmp snooping vlan vlan id  lt P 1 gt    lt P 2 gt            Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID   P 2 detail Show detail   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 371    IGMP Snooping 27 4 show    27 4 6 show igmp snooping querier global    Show IGMP snooping querier information per VLAN   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show igmp snooping querier global    27 4 7 show igmp snooping querier vian all    Show IGMP snooping querier VLAN information   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show ig
198. g list shows the possible parameter values within the  Command Line Interface     Value  IP address    MAC address    string  character string    number  date  time    Description   This parameter represents a valid IPv4 address  The address  consists of 4 decimal numbers with values from 0 to 255  The 4  decimal numbers are separated by a decimal point  The IP address  0 0 0 0 is a valid entry    This parameter represents a valid MAC address  The address  consists of 6 hexadecimal numbers with values from 0 to FF  The  numbers are separated by a colon  for example  00 F6 29 B2 81 40   User defined text with a length in the specified range  e g  a  maximum of 32 characters    Use double quotation marks to indicate a character string  e g      System name with space character       Whole integer in the specified range  e g  0   999999    Datum im Format YYYY MM DD    Zeit im Format HH  MM  SS     Table 3  Parameter values in the Command Line Interface    Network addresses   Network addresses are required for the connection to a remote work  station  a server or another network  You distinguish between IP  addresses and MAC addresses     CLI MSP MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    35    Using the CLI 3 2 Executing the commands    The IP address is an address allocated by the network administrator  Do  not use duplicate addresses in one network area    The MAC addresses are assigned by the hardware manufacturer  MAC  addresses are unique worldwide     The following table shows the repre
199. ge gt       Example  When you switch from the Global Config mode to the  Interface Range mode  the command prompt changes as follows   MSP  config   interface 1 2 1 4   MSP   Interface 1 2 1 4      A list of single ports   Command prompt  MSP  interface  lt interface list gt      Example  When you switch from the Global Config mode to the  Interface Range mode  the command prompt changes as follows   MSP  config   interface 1 2 1 4 1 5   MSP   Interface 1 2 1 4 1 5      A list of port ranges and single ports   Command prompt  MSP  interface  lt complex range gt      Example  When you switch from the Global Config mode to the  Interface Range mode  the command prompt changes as follows   MSP  config   interface 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 9   MSP   Interface 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 9     The following table shows the command modes  the command prompts   input request characters  visible in the corresponding mode  and the option  with which you quit this mode     Command Access method Quit or    mode    start next mode    User Exec mode First access level  Perform basic To quit you enter logout     tasks and list system information   MSP   gt logout  Are you sure  Y N   y    Privileged Exec From the User Exec mode  you enter To quit the Privileged Exec mode and                                                    mode the command enable  return to the User Exec mode  you   MSP   gt enable enter exit   MSP   MSP  xit    MSP   gt    VLAN mode From the Privileged Exec mode  you To end the VLAN mode and ret
200. gging buffered  2 show logging traplogs   3 show logging console   4 show logging persistent   5 show logging syslog   6 show logging host   7 show logging email statistics   8 show logging email global    9 show logging email to addr    10 show logging email subject    11 show logging email mail server    WWW WWW WW  DAAAAA AAA   NNMNNNNNNNI I    Q  O  O   lt     copy eventlog buffered envm  copy eventlog buffered remote  copy eventlog persistent   copy traplog system envm  copy traplog system remote  copy audittrail system envm  copy audittrail system remote    Wo  O OD    WWWW    w  Or 0x0  Or Oy Or   L WWWWWWW  NOM RWS    oO    wo   49     iS   OO   AAA    1 clear logging buffered    2 clear logging persistent  36 4 3 clear logging email statistics  36 4 4 clear eventlog    MAC Notification    mac  37 1 1 mac notification operation  37 1 2 mac notification interval    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    457  457  458  459  459  460  460  461  461  462  462  463  463  464    465  465  465  466  466  466  467  467  467  468  468  468    469  469  469  470  470  471  471  471    472  472  472  473  473    475  476    476  476    73    Content    37 2    37 3    38  38 1    38 2    39  39 1    39 2    40  40 1    40 2    74    mac  37 2 1 mac notification operation    show  37 3 1 show mac notification global  37 3 2 show mac notification interface    MAC Based VLAN    vlan  38 1 1 vlan association mac    show  38 2 1 show vlan association mac    Management Access    network   39
201. gital output admin state  digital output refresh interval  digital output retry count  digital output log event io  digital output log event all  digital output snmp trap io  digital output snmp trap all  digital output mirror io    show digital input config  show digital input io  show digital output config  show digital output io    IP Source Guard  IPSG     ip    WWWW U  3 A A    a  ee  1   1   A     ORAON     clear  31 2 1    ip  31 3 1  31 3 2    show    ip source guard binding add   ip source guard binding delete all   ip source guard binding delete interface  ip source guard binding delete index   ip source guard binding mode    clear ip source guard bindings    ip source guard mode  ip source guard verify mac    393  393  393  394  394    395    396  396  396  397  397  398  398    399  399  399  400  400  401  401  402  402    403  403  403  404  404    405    406  406  406  407  407  408    409  409    410  410  410    411    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Content    31 4 1 show ip source guard interfaces  31 4 2 show ip source guard bindings    32 IP Subnet Based VLAN  32 1 vlan  32 1 1 vlan association subnet  32 2 show  32 2 1 show vlan association subnet  33 Internet Protocol Version 4  IPv4   33 1 network  33 1 1 network protocol  33 1 2 network parms  33 2 clear  33 2 1 clear arp table switch  33 3 show  33 3 1 show network parms  33 4 show  33 4 1 show arp  34 Link Layer Discovery Protocol  LLDP   34 1 Ildp  34 1 1 Ildp operation  34 1 2 Ildp config chassis 
202. gress broadcast operation  Disable ingress broadcast storm control   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no storm control ingress broadcast operation    CLI MSP  670 Release 2 0 02 2013    Storm Control 62 4 storm control    62 4 8 storm control ingress broadcast threshold    Set threshold value   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  storm control ingress broadcast threshold  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0  1000000 Enter a number in the given range   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 671    Storm Control 62 5 show    62 5 show    Display device options and settings     62 5 1 show storm control flow control    Global flow control status   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show storm control flow control    62 5 2 show storm control ingress    Show storm control ingress parameters   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show storm control ingress   lt P 1 gt      Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no     CLI MSP  672 Release 2 0 02 2013    Storm Control 62 5 show    62 5 3 show traffic shape    Show Traffic Shape Parameters   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show traffic shape    62 5 4 show mtu    Show mtu Parameters   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show mtu    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 673    Storm Control 62 5 show    CLI MSP  674 Release 2 0 0
203. gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 reset Reset the round trip delay counters   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 493    Media Redundancy Protocol  MRP  40 1 mrp    40 1 10 mrp domain modify vian    Configure the VLAN identifier of the MRP domain  n VLAN ID 0 means that  no VLAN is used     Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  mrp domain modify vlan  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 0  4042 VLAN identifier of the MRP domain  n VLAN ID  0 means that no VLAN is used                  40 1 11 mrp domain add default domain    Default MRP domain ID   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  mrp domain add default domain    40 1 12 mrp domain add domain id    MRP domain ID  Format  16 bytes in decimal notation  n Example   1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16     Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  mrp domain add domain id  lt P 1 gt           Parameter Value Meaning   Fal string  lt domain id gt  MRP domain ID  Format  16 bytes  in decimal notation  n  Example   T E E ENE N E T          CLI MSP  494 Release 2 0 02 2013    Media Redundancy Protocol  MRP  40 1 mrp    40 1 13 mrp domain delete    Delete the current MRP domain   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  mrp domain delete    40 1 14 mrp operation    Enable MRP   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  mrp operation    no mrp operation   Disable MRP   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Opera
204. gt   lt P 2 gt                                                     Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 task Configure the action for task errors    P 1 resource Configure the action for lack of resources    P  software Configure the action for broken software in   tegrity    P 1 hardware Configure the action for detected hardware  errors    P 2 log only Write a message to the logging file    P 2 send trap Send a trap to the management station    P 2 reboot Reboot the device        50 1 2 selftest ramtest    Enable the RAM selftest on cold start of the device  When disabled the de   vice booting time is reduced    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  selftest ramtest    CLI MSP  582 Release 2 0 02 2013    Selftest 50 1 selftest    no selftest ramtest  Disable the RAM selftest on cold start of the device  When disabled the  device booting time is reduced    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  no selftest ramtest    50 1 3 selftest system monitor    Enable the System Monitor 1 access during the boot phase  Please note  If  the System Monitor is disabled it is possible to loose access to the device  permanently in case of loosing administrator password or mis configuration    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  selftest system monitor    no selftest system monitor  Disable the System Monitor 1 access during the boot phase  Please note   If the System Monitor is disabled it is possible to loos
205. how system flash status   5 show system temperature limits   6 show system temperature extremes  7 show system temperature histogram    Telnet    telnet   64 1 1 telnet server   64 1 2 telnet timeout  64 1 3 telnet port   64 1 4 telnet max sessions    show  64 2 1 show telnet    Time Range   time   65 1 1 time range  show   65 2 1 show time range    SNMP Traps    snmp  66 1 1 snmp trap mode  66 1 2 snmp trap delete  66 1 3 snmp trap add    show    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    675    676  676  676  677  677  678    679  679  679    680  680  680  681  681  681  682  682    683    684  684  684  685  685    686  686    687    688  688    691  691    693    694  694  694  695    696    83    Content    67  67 1    67 2    68  68 1    68 2  68 3  68 4    68 5    68 6    84    66 2 1 show snmp traps    67 1 1 users add  2 users delete  3 users enable  4 users disable  5 users password   6 users snmpv3 authentication  7 users snmpvs3 encryption  8 users access role   1 9 users lock status  67 1 10 users password policy check    show  67 2 1 show users    Virtual LAN  VLAN     vlan  68 1 1 vlan add  68 1 2 vlan delete    name  vlan unaware mode    68 4 1 vlan acceptframe    68 4 2 vlan ingressfilter   68 4 3 vlan priority   68 4 4 vlan pvid   68 4 5 vlan tagging   68 4 6 vlan participation include  68 4 7 vlan participation exclude  68 4 8 vlan participation auto  show    68 5 1 show vlan id   68 5 2 show vlan brief  68 5 3 show vlan port  68 5 4 show vlan members    network   68
206. ication Server 26 1 ias users   IAS     26 1 ias users    Manage IAS Users and User Accounts     26 1 1 ias users add    Add a new IAS user   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  ias users add  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  Pal string  lt user gt  User name  up to 32 characters      26 1 2 ias users delete    Delete an existing IAS user   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  ias users delete  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  pal string  lt user gt  User name  up to 32 characters      CLI MSP  358 Release 2 0 02 2013    Integrated Authentification Server 26 1 ias users     IAS     26 1 3 ias users enable    Enable IAS user   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  ias users enable  lt P 1 gt     Meaning    Parameter Value   lt user gt  User name    P 1 string  up to 32 characters      26 1 4 ias users disable    Disable IAS user   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  ias users disable  lt P 1 gt     Meaning    Parameter Value   lt user gt  User name    Poi string  up to 32 characters      26 1 5 ias users password    Change IAS user password   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  ias users password  lt P 1 gt     Meaning      lt P 2 gt      Parameter Value                P 1 string  lt user gt  User name  up to 32 characters    P 2 string Enter a user defined text  max  64 charac   ters   CLI MSP  359    Release 2 0 02 201
207. ifferentiated Services  DiffServ  18 3 policy map    18 3 6 policy map name class name mark    Configure a Diffserv policy   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  policy map name  lt string gt  class name  lt string gt   mark  cos  lt 0O  7 gt     cos as sec cos    ip dscp  lt af11   af12   af13   af21   af22    af23 af31l af32 af33 af41   af42 af43 be csO csl cs2   cs3 cs4 cs5 cs6 cs7  ef gt    ip precedence  lt 0  7 gt    class  Manage DiffServ policy class instances   name  Configure a policy class instance   mark  Add a mark attribute   cos  Marks all packets with the specified COS value   cos as sec cos  Use secondary COS as COS   ip dscp  Marks all packets with the specified IP DSCP value   ip precedence  Marks all packets with the specified IP precedence value     CLI MSP  272 Release 2 0 02 2013    Differentiated Services  DiffServ     Parameter Value  P 1 string    P 2 string    P 3 0  7   P 4 af11  af12  af13  af21  af22  af23  af31  af32  af33  af41  af42  af43  be  cs0  cs1  cs2  cs3  cs4  cs5  cs6  cs7  ef   P 5 0  7    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Meaning          18 3 policy map       Enter the DiffServ pol  racters                       ai    Enter the DiffServ pol          icy name  max     icy name  max           racters   COS value                    M f p Pore eral Poe ed e a D       ey  D    cs0  csl  cs2  cs3  cs4  cs5  cs6  cs7    er          Ip precedence value     31    31       cha     cha     273    Differentiated Services 
208. ing   P 1 1  10 Destination address entry index  P 2 string Enter a valid email address   P 3 urgent Urgent message typ   P 3 non urgent Non urgent message typ       CLI MSP  460 Release 2 0 02 2013    Logging 36 1 logging    36 1 23 logging email mail server add    Add a server entry to SMTP address table  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  logging email mail server add  lt P 1 gt   addr  lt P 2 gt     security  lt P 3 gt    username  lt P 4 gt    password  lt P 5 gt     port  lt P 6 gt      addr   SMTP server address    security   Security mode used in SMTP server     username   Login ID to access SMTP server     password   Password to access SMTP server     port   SMTP server port number                                   Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 1  5 SMTP server index   P 2 string Hostname or IP address   P 3 none Security mode none   P 3 tlsv1 Security mode TLSv1   p 4 string Enter a user defined text  max  32 charac   ters    P 5 string Enter a user defined text  max  32 charac   ters    P 6 1  65535 UDP port number to be used       36 1 24 logging email mail server delete    Delete a server entry from SMTP address table  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  logging email mail server delete  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  5 SMTP server index  CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 461    Logging 36 1 logging    36 1 25 logging email mail server modify    Modify an SMTP server entry  Mode  Global C
209. inistrator  Format  network management access operation    CLI MSP  486 Release 2 0 02 2013    Management Access 39 1 network    no network management access operation  Disable operation for RMA   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no network management access operation    39 1 6 network management access status    Activate an entry   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  network management access status  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  16 Pool entry index     no network management access status  Deactivate an entry    Mode  Privileged Exec Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  no network management access status    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 487    Management Access 39 2 show    39 2 show    Display device options and settings     39 2 1 show network management access global    Show global restricted management access preferences   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show network management access global    39 2 2 show network management access rules    Show restricted management access rules   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show network management access rules   lt P 1 gt      Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  16 Pool entry index     CLI MSP  488 Release 2 0 02 2013    Media Redundancy Protocol  MRP  39 2 show    40 Media Redundancy Protocol   MRP     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 489    Media Redundancy Protoco
210. ion   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no signal contact  lt P 1 gt  monitor power supply    53 1 9 signal contact state    Configure the Signal Contact manual state  only takes nimmediate effect in  manual mode     Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  signal contact  lt P 1 gt  state  lt P 2 gt                 Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 signal contact no    P 2 open Open the signal contact  only takes ef   fect nin the manual mode     P 2 close Close the signal contact  only takes ef   fect nin the manual mode                  CLI MSP  602 Release 2 0 02 2013    Signal Contact 53 1 signal contact    53 1 10 signal contact trap    Configure if a trap is sent when the Signal Contact nchanges state  in monitor  mode     Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  signal contact  lt P 1 gt  trap    Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 signal contact no     no signal contact trap  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no signal contact  lt P 1 gt  trap    53 1 11 signal contact module    Configure the monitoring of the specific module   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  signal contact  lt P 1 gt  module  lt P 2 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 signal contact no   P 2 slot no  port no     no signal contact module  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no signal contact
211. it trail to file server   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  copy audittrail system remote  lt P 1 gt                 Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max   GET Sis   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013    36 3 copy    128 charac     32 charac     128 charac     471    Logging 36 4 clear    36 4 clear    Clear several items     36 4 1 clear logging buffered    Clear buffered log from memory   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  clear logging buffered    36 4 2 clear logging persistent    Clear persistent log from memory   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  clear logging persistent    CLI MSP  472 Release 2 0 02 2013    Logging 36 4 clear    36 4 3 clear logging email statistics    Clear email statistics  Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  clear logging email statistics    36 4 4 clear eventlog    Clear the event log entries from memory   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  clear eventlog    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 473    Logging 36 4 clear    CLI MSP  474 Release 2 0 02 2013    MAC Notification 36 4 clear    37 MAC Notification    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 475    MAC Notification 37 1 mac    37 1 mac    Set MAC parameters     37 1 1 mac notification operation    Enable MAC notification globally   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  mac notification operation
212. ivilege Level  Guest  Format  show spanning tree global    60 3 2 show spanning tree mst    Display detailed information and settings for a MST instance  CIST instance  is 0 same value for RSTP as instance    Mode  command is in all modes available   Privilege Level  Guest   Format  show spanning tree mst  lt P 1 gt   port   lt P 2 gt      port   Display summarized information and settings for all ports in a MST  instance     Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 0 Enter the multiple spanning tree ID 0  0 is  for CIST and RSTP                     P 2 slot no  port no     CLI MSP  654 Release 2 0 02 2013    Spanning Tree 60 3 show    60 3 3 show spanning tree port    Spanning Tree information and settings for an interface   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show spanning tree port  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 655    Spanning Tree 60 3 show    CLI MSP  656 Release 2 0 02 2013    Secure Shell  SSH  60 3 show    61 Secure Shell  SSH     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 657    Secure Shell  SSH  61 1 ssh    61 1 ssh    Set SSH parameters     61 1 1 ssh server    Enable the SSH server   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  ssh server    no ssh server   Disable the SSH server   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no ssh server    61 1 2 ssh timeout    Set the SSH connection idle timeout in minutes  default  5    Mode  Global Config M
213. ivilege Level  Operator  Format  digital output admin state    no digital output admin state  Disable the polling for digital outputs   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no digital output admin state    30 2 2 digital output refresh interval    Set refresh interval in milli sec for digital outputs   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  digital output refresh interval  lt P 1 gt           Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1000  10000 Refresh interval in milli seconds   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 399    Digital IO Module 30 2 digital output    30 2 3 digital output retry count    Set the number of retry counts for setting digital outputs   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  digital output retry count  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  10 Retry count for digital outputs           30 2 4 digital output log event io    Configure an io port   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  digital output log event io  lt P 1 gt                    Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 slot output Enter a Digital IO module output in slot   output format    P 1 MU output Enter a Digital IO output on the power supply                         module in MU output format     no digital output log event io  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no digital output log event io    CLI MSP  400 Release 2 0 02 2013    Digital IO Module 30 2 digital output    30
214. k Layer Discovery Protocol  LLDP  34 3 IIldp    34 3 2 Ildp fdb mode    Configure the LLDP FDB mode for this interface   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  lldp fdb mode  lt P 1 gt                          Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 Ildp only Collected remote data will be based on re   ceived LLDP frames only    P 1 mac only Collected remote data will be based on the                switch s FDB entries only                                P 1 both Collected remote data will be based on re   ceived LLDP frames as well as on the switch s  FDB entries    P 1 auto detect As long as no LLDP frames are received  the  collected remote data will be based on the  switch s FDB entries only  After the first  LLDP frame is received  the remote data will  be based on received LLDP frames only  This  is the default setting                                                                             34 3 3 Ildp max neighbors    Enter the LLDP max neighbors for interface   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  11dp max neighbors  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  50 Enter a number in the given range        CLI MSP  430 Release 2 0 02 2013    Link Layer Discovery Protocol  LLDP  34 3 IIdp    34 3 4 Ildp notification    Enable the LLDP notification operation for interface   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  lldp notification    no Ildp notification   Disable the LLDP notification operation for interf
215. l  MRP  40 1 mrp    40 1 mrp    Configure the MRP settings     40 1 1 mrp domain modify advanced mode    Configure the MRM Advanced Mode   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  mrp domain modify advanced mode  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 enabled  P 1 disabled       40 1 2 mrp domain modify manager priority    Configure the MRM priority   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  mro domain modify manager priority  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0  65535 Enter the MRM priority  default  32768            CLI MSP  490 Release 2 0 02 2013    Media Redundancy Protocol  MRP  40 1 mrp    40 1 3 mrp domain modify mode    Configure the role of the MRP device   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  mrp domain modify mode  lt P 1 gt           Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 client The device will be in the role of a MRP Cli   ent  MRC     pel manager The device will be in the role of a MRP Ma              nager  MRM      40 1 4 mrp domain modify name    Configure the logical name of the MRP domain   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  mrp domain modify name  lt P 1 gt           Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  255 charac   ters        40 1 5 mrp domain modify operation    Enable or disable the MRP function   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  mro domain modify operation  lt P 1 gt           Parameter Value Meaning
216. l on this device   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  network hidiscovery operation    no network hidiscovery operation  Disable the HiDiscovery protocol on this device   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no network hidiscovery operation    CLI MSP  344 Release 2 0 02 2013    HiDiscovery 23 1 network    23 1 2 network hidiscovery mode    Set the access level for HiDiscovery   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  network hidiscovery mode  lt P 1 gt           Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 read write Allow detection and configuration   P 1 read only Allow only detection  no configuration                    23 1 3 network hidiscovery blinking    Enable the HiDiscovery blinking sequence on this device   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  network hidiscovery blinking    no network hidiscovery blinking   Disable the HiDiscovery blinking sequence on this device   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no network hidiscovery blinking    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 345    HiDiscovery 23 2 show    23 2 show    Display device options and settings     23 2 1 show network hidiscovery    Show the HiDiscovery settings   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show network hidiscovery    CLI MSP  346 Release 2 0 02 2013    Hypertext Transfer Protocol  HTTP  23 2 show    24 Hypertext Transfer Protocol   HTTP     CLI MSP  Release
217. lan  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 0  4042 Enter the VLAN ID  Entering of ID 0 disables  the feature                                21 3 8 dot1x timeout guest vian period    Configure the guest vlan period value   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dotlx timeout guest vlan period  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  300 Guest vlan timeout in seconds  default  90         21 3 9 dot1x timeout reauth period    Configure the re authentication period   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dotlx timeout reauth period  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  65535 Timeout in seconds     CLI MSP  328 Release 2 0 02 2013    802 1X Port Authentication 21 3 dot1x    21 3 10 dot1x timeout quiet period    Configure the quiet period value   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dotlx timeout quiet period  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0  65535 Quiet period in seconds  default  60         21 3 11 dot1x timeout tx period    Configure the transmit timeout period   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dotlx timeout tx period  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  65535 Timeout in seconds     21 3 12 dot1x timeout supp timeout    Configure the supplicant timeout period   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dotlx timeout supp timeout  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  65535 Timeout in seconds   CLI MSP 
218. le system description TLV transmission   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  lldp tlv sys desc    no Ildp tiv sys desc   Disable system description TLV transmission   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no lldp tlv sys desc    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 435    Link Layer Discovery Protocol  LLDP  34 3 IIldp    34 3 14 lidp tiv sys name    Enable system name TLV transmission   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  lldp tlv sys name    no Iidp tiv sys name   Disable system name TLV transmission   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no lldp tlv sys name    34 3 15 Ildp tiv vian name    Enable vlan name TLV transmission   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  lldp tlv vlan name    no lidp tiv vian name   Disable vlan name TLV transmission   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no lldp tlv vlan name    CLI MSP  436 Release 2 0 02 2013    Link Layer Discovery Protocol  LLDP  34 3 IIdp    34 3 16 Ildp tiv protocol based vian    Enable protocol based vlan TLV transmission   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  lldp tlv protocol based vlan    no Ildp tiv protocol based vian  Disable protocol based vlan TLV transmission   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no lldp tlv protocol based vlan    34 3 17 Ildp tiv igmp    Enable igmp TLV transmission   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Pri
219. lege Level  Administrator   Format  ptp v2 transparent clock pdelay interval  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1   P 1 2   P 1 4   P 1 8   P 1 16   P 1 32   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 543    Precision Time Protocol  PTP  45 3 ptp    45 3 4 ptp v2 boundary clock operation    Enable the sending and receiving processing of PTP synchronization mes   sages    Mode  Interface Range Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  ptp v2 boundary clock operation    no ptp v2 boundary clock operation  Disable the sending and receiving processing of PTP synchronization  messages    Mode  Interface Range Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  no ptp v2 boundary clock operation    45 3 5 ptp v2 boundary clock pdelay interval    Configure the Peer Delay Interval in seconds  1 2 4 8 16 32    nThis interval  is used if delay mechanism is set to p2p   Mode  Interface Range Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  ptp v2 boundary clock pdelay interval  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1   P 1 2   P 1 4   P 1 8   P 1 16   P 1 32       CLI MSP  544 Release 2 0 02 2013    Precision Time Protocol  PTP  45 3 ptp    45 3 6 ptp v2 boundary clock announce interval    Configure the Announce Interval in seconds  1 2 4 8 16    Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  ptp v2 boundary clock announce interval  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1   P 1 2   P 1 4   P 1 8   P 1 16       45 3 7 ptp v2 boundary clock sync interval   
220. ll modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show radius auth statistics  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  8 RADIUS server index        47 3 4 show radius acct statistics    Display RADIUS accounting server statistics   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show radius acct statistics  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  8 RADIUS server index        47 3 5 show radius acct servers    Display all configured RADIUS accounting servers   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show radius acct servers   lt P 1 gt      Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  8 RADIUS server index        CLI MSP  564 Release 2 0 02 2013    Radius    47 4 clear    Clear several items     47 4 1 clear radius    Clear the RADIUS statistics   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  clear radius  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 statistics Clear the RADIUS statistics   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013    47 4 clear    565    Radius 47 4 clear    CLI MSP  566 Release 2 0 02 2013    Remote Monitoring  RMON  47 4 clear    48 Remote Monitoring  RMON     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 567    Remote Monitoring  RMON  48 1 rmon alarm    48 1 rmon alarm    Create a RMON alarm action     48 1 1 rmon alarm add    Add RMON alarm   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  rmon alarm add  lt P 1 gt   mib variable  lt P 2 gt    ri   Sing threshold  lt P 3 gt    falling thr
221. ller receiver  lt P 1 gt   interval  lt P 2 gt     interval   Set an interval for this poller        Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 0  8 Enter an sFlow receiver index  0 to reset  configuration    P 2 0  86400 E                2     ter poller interval between 0 and 86400       51 2 2 sflow poller interval    Set an interval for this poller   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  sflow poller interval  lt P 1 gt           Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0  86400 Enter poller interval between 0 and 86400  CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 589    sFlow 51 2 sflow    51 2 3 sflow sampler receiver    Set a receiver for this sampler    Mode  Interface Range Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  sflow sampler receiver  lt P 1 gt   rate  lt P 2 gt     rate   Configure sflow sampler rate                 Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 0  8 Enter an sFlow receiver index  0 to reset  configuration   P 2 0 Disable sampling   P 2 256 65535 Set sampling rate    51 2 4 sflow sampler rate    Configure sflow sampler rate   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  sflow sampler rate  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0 Disable sampling  P 1 256 65535 Set sampling rate       CLI MSP  590 Release 2 0 02 2013    sFlow 51 2 sflow    51 2 5 sflow sampler maxheadersize    Configure sflow sampler maximum header size   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  sflow sampler maxheadersize  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meanin
222. local device  35 3 4 show lIldp med remote device detail  3 5 show lIldp med remote device summary    Logging    logging   36 1 1 logging audit trail   36 1 2 logging buffered severity  36 1 3 logging host add    36 1 4 logging host delete   36 1 5 logging host modify   36 1 6 logging syslog operation   36 1 7 logging current console operation  36 1 8 logging current console severity  36 1 9 logging console operation  36 1 10 logging console severity  36 1 11 logging persistent operation  36 1 12 logging persistent numfiles  36 1 13 logging persistent filesize  36 1 14 logging persistent severity level  36 1 15 logging email operation    432  433  433  434  434  435  435  436  436  437  437  438  438    439    440  440  440  441    442  442    443  443  443  444  444  444    445    446  446  447  447  449  449  450  451  452  452  453  454  454  455  456  456    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Content    36 2    36 3    36 4    37  37 1    36 1 16 logging email from addr   36 1 17 logging email duration   36 1 18 logging email severity urgent  36 1 19 logging email severity non urgent  36 1 20 logging email to addr add  36 1 21 logging email to addr delete  36 1 22 logging email to addr modify  36 1 23 logging email mail server add  36 1 24 logging email mail server delete  36 1 25 logging email mail server modify  36 1 26 logging email subject add  36 1 27 logging email subject delete  36 1 28 logging email subject modify  36 1 29 logging email test msgtype    36 2 1 show lo
223. mac access group del    mac access group name  mac access group del    ip access list extended name  ip access list extended rename  ip access list extended del   ip access group name   ip access group del    ip access group name  ip access group del    show access list global   show access list mac   show access list ip   show access list assignment ip    110  110  111    112  112  113    114  114  114  115  115    57    Content    4 2    5 2    5 3    6 1    7 1    7 2    58    2 5 5 show access list assignment mac    Application List    appllists  3 1 1 appllists set authlist    3 1 2 appllists enable  3 1 3 appllists disable  show   3 2 1 show appllists    Authentication List    authlists   4 1 1 authlists add   4 1 2  authlists delete  4 1 3 authlists set policy  4 1 4  authlists enable  4 1 5 authlists disable  show   4 2 1 show authlists    Auto Disable  auto disable  5 1 1 auto disable reason    auto disable  5 2 1 auto disable timer    5 2 2  auto disable reset  show  5 3 1 show auto disable brief   5 3 2 show auto disable reasons    TP Cable Diagnosis    cable test    Class Of Service    classofservice  7 1 1 classofservice ip dscp mapping  7 1 2 classofservice dot1p mapping    classofservice  7 2 1 classofservice trust    115    117    118  118  118  119    120  120    121    122  122  122  123  124  124    125  125    127    128  128    129  129  129    131  131  131    133  134    135    136  137  139    140  140    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Content    7 3 
224. mat  no digital input log event io    30 1 4 digital input log event all    Configure all io ports   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  digital input log event all    no digital input log event all  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no digital input log event all    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 397    Digital IO Module 30 1 digital input    30 1 5 digital input snmp trap io    Configure a single io port   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  digital input snmp trap io  lt P 1 gt                             Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 slot input Enter a Digital IO module input in slot in   put format    P 1 MU input Enter a Digital IO input on the power supply  module in MU input format           no digital input snmp trap io  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no digital input snmp trap io    30 1 6 digital input snmp trap all    Configure all io ports   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  digital input snmp trap all    no digital input snmp trap all  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no digital input snmp trap all    CLI MSP  398 Release 2 0 02 2013    Digital IO Module 30 2 digital output    30 2 digital output    Digital Output related configuration    30 2 1 digital output admin state    Enable the polling for digital outputs   Mode  Global Config Mode  Pr
225. max login attempts    Set maximum login attempts for the users   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  passwords max login attempts  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0  5 Enter a number in the given range        CLI MSP  550 Release 2 0 02 2013    Password Management 46 1 passwords    46 1 3 passwords min uppercase chars    Set minimum upper case characters for user passwords   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  passwords min uppercase chars  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0  16 Enter a number in the given range        46 1 4 passwords min lowercase chars    Set minimum lower case characters for user passwords   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  passwords min lowercase chars  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0  16 Enter a number in the given range        46 1 5 passwords min numeric chars    Set minimum numeric characters for user passwords   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  passwords min numeric chars  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0  16 Enter a number in the given range   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 551    Password Management    46 1 6 passwords min special chars    Set minimum special characters for user passwords   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  passwords min special chars  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning       46 1 passwords    P 1 0  16 Enter a number in the
226. meter Value Meaning  P 1 1  65535 Port number of SNTP Server  default 123               59 1 14 sntp server broadcast interval    Set the SNTP server s interval in seconds for sending nbroadcast or multi   cast messages    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  sntp server broadcast interval  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 64  1024 Enter a number in the given range        CLI MSP  638 Release 2 0 02 2013    Simple Network Time Protocol 59 1 sntp   SNTP     59 1 15 sntp server broadcast vian    Set the SNTP server s broadcast VLAN ID used for sending nbroadcast or  multicast messages    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  sntp server broadcast vlan  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 0  4042 Enter the VLAN ID  Entering of ID 0 uses the  management VLAN ID                                CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 639    Simple Network Time Protocol 59 2 show   SNTP     59 2 show    Display device options and settings     59 2 1 show sntp global    Show SNTP configuration parameters and information   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show sntp global    59 2 2 show sntp client status    Show SNTP client status   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show sntp client status    CLI MSP  640 Release 2 0 02 2013    Simple Network Time Protocol 59 2 show   SNTP     59 2 3 show sntp client server    Show SNTP client server conne
227. mmary information   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show port protocol   lt P 1 gt      Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  128 Protocol based VLANs group index   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013    41 3 show    501    Protocol Based VLAN 41 3 show    CLI MSP  502 Release 2 0 02 2013    Power Over Ethernet  PoE  41 3 show    42 Power Over Ethernet  PoE     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 503    Power Over Ethernet  PoE  42 1 inlinepower    42 1 inlinepower    Configure the global inline power settings     42 1 1 inlinepower operation    Configure the global inline power administrative setting  enable or disable   default  enable     Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  inlinepower operation    no inlinepower operation   Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no inlinepower operation    42 1 2 inlinepower slot    Configure the inline power notification  trap   threshold and power budget per  slot  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  inlinepower slot  lt P 1 gt  budget  lt P 2 gt  threshold   lt P 3 gt  trap    CLI MSP  504 Release 2 0 02 2013    Power Over Ethernet  PoE  42 1 inlinepower    budget  Configure the inline power budget per slot  threshold  Configure the inline power notification  trap  threshold per slot   trap  Configure the inline power notification  trap  setting per slot     Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 module at slot no    P 2 0  1000
228. mode  Disable link flap condition to trigger an action  Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no port monitor condition link flap mode    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 519    Port Monitor 43 3 port monitor    43 3 7 port monitor condition duplex mismatch  mode    Enable duplex mismatch detection condition to trigger an action  Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  port monitor condition duplex mismatch mode    no port monitor condition duplex mismatch mode  Disable duplex mismatch detection condition to trigger an action  Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no port monitor condition duplex mismatch  mode    43 3 8 port monitor action    Enable or disable interface on port condition   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  port monitor action  lt P 1 gt                 Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 port disable Enable or disable interface on port condi   tion   P 1 trap only Send only a trap        CLI MSP  520 Release 2 0 02 2013    Port Monitor 43 3 port monitor    43 3 9 port monitor reset    Reset the port monitor   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  port monitor reset    no port monitor reset   Disable the option   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no port monitor reset    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 521    Port Monitor 43 3 port monitor    CLI MSP  522 Release 2 0 02 2013    Port Security 43 3 port monitor    44 Por
229. mp snooping gquerier vlan all    27 4 8 show igmp snooping querier vian vian id    Show IGMP snooping querier VLAN information   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show igmp snooping querier vlan vlan id  lt P 1 gt     lt P 2 gt            Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1 4042 Enter the VLAN ID   P 2 detail Show detail    CLI MSP  372 Release 2 0 02 2013    IGMP Snooping 27 4 show    27 4 9 show igmp snooping enhancements vian    Show IGMP snooping VLAN information   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show igmp snooping enhancements vlan   lt P 1 gt      Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID           27 4 10 show igmp snooping enhancements unk   nown filtering    Show unknown multicast filering information   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show igmp snooping enhancements unknown filte   ring    27 4 11 show igmp snooping statistics global    Show number of control packets processed by CPU   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show igmp snooping statistics global    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 373    IGMP Snooping 27 4 show    27 4 12 show igmp snooping statistics interface    Show number of control packets processed by CPU per interface   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show igmp snooping statistics interface   lt P 1 gt      Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port
230. n  Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  mac filter    386    28 9 mac filter    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Interface 28 10 show    28 10show    Display device options and settings     28 10 1 show port all    Show Table with interface parameters   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show port all    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 387    Interface 28 10 show    CLI MSP  388 Release 2 0 02 2013    Interface Statistics 28 10 show    29 Interface Statistics    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 389    Interface Statistics 29 1 utilization    29 1 utilization    Configure the interface utilization parameters     29 1 1 utilization control interval    Add interval time to monitor the bandwidth utilization of the interface   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  utilization control interval  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  3600 Add interval time to monitor the bandwidth  utilization     29 1 2 utilization alarm threshold lower    Lower threshold value  Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  utilization alarm threshold lower  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0  10000 Add alarm threshold lower value for monito     ring bandwidth utilization in hundredths of  a percent              CLI MSP  390 Release 2 0 02 2013    Interface Statistics 29 1 utilization    29 1 3 utilization alarm threshold upper    Upper threshold value  Mode  Interface Range Mode  P
231. n method    P 2 aescfb128 AES 128 as SNMPv3 encryption method        CLI MSP  700 Release 2 0 02 2013    Users 67 1 users    67 1 8 users access role    Specify snmpv3 access role for a user   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  users access role  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt                    Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 string  lt user gt  User name  up to 32 characters    P 2 guest Enable guest access    P 2 operator Enable operator access    P 2 administrator Enable administrator access    P 2 unauthorized Set unauthorized access     67 1 9 users lock status    Set the lockout status of a specified user   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  users lock status  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt              Parameter Value Meaning   pai string  lt user gt  User name  up to 32 characters     P 2 lock Lock specific user  User can t login anymo   re    P 2 unlock Unlock specific user  User can login again    CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 701    Users    67 1 users    67 1 10 users password policy check    Set password policy check option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  users password policy check  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt     Parameter Value    P 1 string  P 2 enable  P 2 disable    702    Meaning   lt user gt  User name  up to 32 characters         Enable the option   Disable the option     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Users    67 2 show    Display device options and settings     67 2 1 show users
232. n volatile memory     Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  128 charac   ters              49 1 6 copy script running config remote    Copy running configuration to file server   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  copy script running config remote  lt P 1 gt   all     CLI MSP  576 Release 2 0 02 2013    Script File 49 1 copy     all   Copy all running configuration to file server              Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  128 charac   TSE Bs   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 577    Script File 49 2 script    49 2 script    CLI Script File     49 2 1 script apply    Executes the CLI Script File available in the system   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  script apply  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  128 charac   ters              49 2 2 script validate    Only validates the CLI Script File available in the system   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  script validate  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  128 charac   ters              CLI MSP  578 Release 2 0 02 2013    Script File 49 2 script    49 2 3 script list system    list all the Script files available in the system memory   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  script list system    49 2 4 script list envm    list all the Scrip
233. nation of these things  You recognize this from the way they are  represented      lt command gt  Commands in pointed brackets   lt  gt   are obligatory    command  Commands in square brackets        are optional    lt parameter gt  Parameters in pointed brackets   lt  gt   are obligatory    parameter  Parameters in square brackets      are optional        Table 2  Parameter and command syntax    CLI MSP MSP  34 Release 2 0 02 2013    Using the CLI     Choicel   Choice2      list      Choicel   Choice2      paraml  Choicel    Choice2       lt a b c d gt      lt cr gt     3 2 Executing the commands    An ellipsis  3 points in sequence without spaces  after an element  indicates that you can repeat the element    A vertical line enclosed in brackets indicates a selection option   Select one value    Elements separated by a vertical line and enclosed in square  brackets indicate an optional selection  Option1 or Option2 or no  selection     Curved brackets       indicate that a parameter is to be selected  from a list of options    Elements separated by a vertical line and enclosed in curved  brackets       indicate an obligatory selection option  option1 or  option2     Shows an optional parameter that contains an obligatory selection     Small letters are wild cards  You enter parameters with the notation  a b c d with decimal points  e g  IP addresses     You press the Enter key to create a line break  carriage return      Table 2  Parameter and command syntax    The followin
234. nce value        ffServ policy name  max  31 cha    f fServ policy name  max  31 cha    Kbps     KB     CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013    Differentiated Services  DiffServ  18 3 policy map    18 3 9 policy map name class name police simple  conform action set cos as sec cos violate   action    Configure a Diffserv policy   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  policy map name  lt string gt  class name  lt string gt   police  simple  lt 1  4294967295 gt   lt 1  128 gt   conform action set cos as Sec cos  violate action   drop    set cos as sec cos    set cos transmit  lt 0  7 gt     set dscp transmit   lt af11   af12   af13  af21   af22    af23   af31   af32   af33  af41   af42   af43   be  cs0   cs1 cs2   cs3 cs4 cs5 cs6 cs7 ef gt     set prec transmit  lt 0  7 gt     set sec cos transmit  lt 0  7 gt     transmit     class  Manage DiffServ policy class instances   name  Configure a policy class instance   police simple  Establish the traffic policing style for the specified class   conform action  Conform action   violate action  Violate action    drop  Drop    set cos as sec cos  set COS as SeCc cos  set cos transmit  set cos transmit  set sec cos transmit  set sec cos transmit  set prec transmit  set prec transmit  set dscp transmit  set dscp transmit  transmit  transmit    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 2 7    Differentiated Services  DiffServ     Parameter Value    Ped     278    string  string    1  4294967295  1  128  0  7  af11  af12  af13  af21  a
235. ng  P 1 0  160 Idle timeout of a session in minutes  de   fault  5         CLI MSP  684 Release 2 0 02 2013    Telnet 64 1 telnet    64 1 3 telnet port    Set the listening port for the telnet server   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  telnet port  lt P 1 gt              Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  65535 Set the listening port for the telnet ser   ver     64 1 4 telnet max sessions    Set the maximum number of sessions for the telnet server   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  telnet max sessions  lt P 1 gt                 Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  5 Set the maximum number of connections for  the telnet server   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 685    Telnet 64 2 show    64 2 show    Display device options and settings     64 2 1 show telnet    Show telnet server information   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show telnet    CLI MSP  686 Release 2 0 02 2013    Time Range 64 2 show    65 Time Range    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 687    Time Range 65 1 time    65 1 time    Create or delete time range     65 1 1 time range    Create or delete time range   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  time range  lt P 1 gt   absolute   start  lt P 2 gt   lt P 3 gt    lt p 4 gt   lt P 5 gt    end  lt P 6 gt   lt P 7 gt   lt P 8 gt   lt P 9 gt    periodic   lt P 10 gt   lt P 11 gt   to   lt P 12 gt    lt P 13 gt   absolute   Create or delete absolute time en
236. ng on this output port                                                                       Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 slot output Enter a Digital IO module output in slot   output format    P 1 MU output Enter a Digital IO output on the power supply  module in MU output format    P 2   U   U   U   U a b c d Single IP address    P 2   U   U   U   U  a b c din Address with port     u   P 3 slot input Enter a Digital IO module input in slot in   put format    P 3 MU input Enter a Digital IO input on the power supply  module in MU input format     CLI MSP  402 Release 2 0 02 2013    Digital IO Module 30 3 show    30 3 show    Display device options and settings     30 3 1 show digital input config    Display the global information   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show digital input config    30 3 2 show digital input io    Display details about a single io input port   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show digital input io    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 403    Digital IO Module 30 3 show    30 3 3 show digital output config    Display the global configuration   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show digital output config    30 3 4 show digital output io    Display details about a single io output port   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show digital output io    CLI MSP  404 Release 2 0 02 2013    IP Source Guard  IP
237. nistrator  Format  no signal contact  lt P 1 gt  monitor link failure    53 1 3 signal contact monitor module removal    Sets the monitoring of the module removal   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  signal contact  lt P 1 gt  monitor module removal    Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 signal contact no     no signal contact monitor module removal  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no signal contact  lt P 1 gt  monitor module remo   val    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 599    Signal Contact 53 1 signal contact    53 1 4 signal contact monitor envm not in sync    Sets the monitoring whether the external non volative memory device nis in  sync with the running configuration    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  signal contact  lt P 1 gt  monitor envm not in sync    Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 signal contact no     no signal contact monitor envm not in sync  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no signal contact  lt P 1 gt  monitor envm not in   sync    53 1 5 signal contact monitor envm removal    Sets the monitoring of the external non volative memory device removal   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  signal contact  lt P 1 gt  monitor envm removal    Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 signal contact no     no signal contact monitor envm removal  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode 
238. nit   nanoseconds   If the absolute value of the offset  nto the master clock is big   ger than the upper bound   nthe clock s status is set to unsynchronized  fal   se     Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  ptp sync upper bound  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 31  1000000000    45 1 5 ptp management    Enable PTP management via PTP management messages   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  ptp management    no ptp management   Disable PTP management via PTP management messages   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no ptp management    CLI MSP  534 Release 2 0 02 2013    Precision Time Protocol  PTP  45 1 ptp    45 1 6 ptp v2 transparent clock syntonization    Enable the syntonization  frequency synchronization  of the transparent   clock    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  ptp v2 transparent clock syntonization    no ptp v2 transparent clock syntonization  Disable the syntonization  frequency synchronization  of the transparent   clock    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  no ptp v2 transparent clock syntonization    45 1 7 ptp v2 transparent clock network protocol    Configure the network protocol of the transparent clock   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  ptp v2 transparent clock network protocol  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 ieee802 3   P 1 udp ipv4   CLI
239. nitor extnvm load unse   Cure    14 1 13 security status trap    Configure if a trap is sent when the security status nchanges   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  security status trap    no security status trap   Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no security status trap    CLI MSP  222 Release 2 0 02 2013    Security Status 14 2 show    14 2 show    Display device options and settings     14 2 1 show security status monitor    Display the security status monitoring settings   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show security status monitor    14 2 2 show security status state    Display the current security status   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show security status state    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 223    Security Status 14 2 show    14 2 3 show security status no link    Display the settings of the monitoring of the specific nnetwork ports   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show security status no link    14 2 4 show security status trap    Display the security status trap information and settings   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show security status trap    14 2 5 show security status all    Display all security status settings   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show security status all 
240. nning of line   Go to end of line   Go forward one character   Go backward one character  Delete current character   Delete to beginning of line   Delete to end of line   Delete previous word   Go to previous line in history buffer  Rewrite or paste the line   Go to next line in history buffer  Return to root command prompt  Aborts running tcpdump session  Command line completion   Go to next lower command prompt  List choices    Table 5  Key combinations in the Command Line Interface    40    CLI MSP MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Using the CLI    3 3 Properties of the CLI    With the Help command you can display the possible key combinations in    CLI on the screen           MSP  help          HELP   Special keys                                                                                                                 Ctrl H  BkSp delete previous character  Ctrl A      go to beginning of line  Ctrl E       go to end of line  Ctrl F      go forward one character  Ctrl B      go backward one character  Ctrl D      delete current character  Ctrl U  X    delete to beginning of line  Ctrl K      delete to end of line  CErI       delete previous word  Ctrl P      go to previous line in history buffer  Ctrl R      rewrites or pastes the lin  Ctrl N      go to next line in history buffer  Ctrl Z      return to root command prompt  Ctrl G      aborts running tcpdump session  Tab   lt SPACE gt  command line completion  Exit go to next lower command prompt    list choices  MSP      
241. nning tree guard root    Enable the root guard on a port   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  spanning tree guard root    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 651    Spanning Tree 60 2 spanning tree    no spanning tree guard root  Disable the root guard on a port   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no spanning tree guard root    60 2 7 spanning tree guard tcn    Enable the TCN guard on that port   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  spanning tree guard tcn    no spanning tree guard tcn  Disable the TCN guard on that port   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no spanning tree guard tcn    60 2 8 spanning tree cost    Specify the port path cost   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  spanning tree cost  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0  200000000 Specify the port path cost        CLI MSP  652 Release 2 0 02 2013    Spanning Tree 60 2 spanning tree    60 2 9 spanning tree priority    Specify the port priority   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  spanning tree priority  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0  240 Specify the port priority   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 653    Spanning Tree 60 3 show    60 3 show    Display device options and settings     60 3 1 show spanning tree global    Display the Common and Internal Spanning Tree information and settings   Mode  command is in all modes available  Pr
242. no dotlx monitor    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 321    802 1X Port Authentication 21 2 show    21 2 show    Display device options and settings     21 2 1 show dot1x global    Display global 802 1X configuration   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show dotlx global    21 2 2 show dot1x auth history    Display 802 1X authentication events and information   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show dotlx auth history   lt P 1 gt     lt P 2 gt            Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 slot no  port no    P 2 1  4294967294 802 1X history log entry index  This can be  specified only if interface is provi                 ded   nParameter Usage    lt slot port gt   index        CLI MSP  322 Release 2 0 02 2013    802 1X Port Authentication 21 2 show    21 2 3 show dot1x detail    Display the detailed 802 1X configuration for the specified port   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show dotlx detail  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no     21 2 4 show dot1x summary    Display summary information of the 802 1X configuration for a specified port  or all ports    Mode  command is in all modes available   Privilege Level  Guest   Format  show dotlx summary   lt P 1 gt      Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no     21 2 5 show dot1x clients    Display 802 1X client information   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Form
243. nsmit  set sec cos transmit  set prec transmit  set prec transmit  set dscp transmit  set dscp transmit  transmit  transmit    CLI MSP  284 Release 2 0 02 2013    Differentiated Services  DiffServ     Parameter Value    P 1    CLI MSP    string  string    1  4294967295  1  128  0  7  0  7  afi1  af12  af13  af21  af22  af23  af31  af32  af33  af41  af42  af43  be  cs0  cs1  cs2  cs3  cs4  cs5  cs6  cs7  ef    0  7  0  7    Release 2 0 02 2013    Meaning    a             racters              racters        Data rate  Burst size                e na oo ad ll Pl ad oral aa el ac Ra          on  D    cso    csl    cs2    cs3    cs4    csd    cs6      cs7    er             Enter the DiffServ pol    18 3 policy map    icy name  max                    Enter the DiffServ pol    icy name  max         Kbps     KB         Ip precedence value    COS value     Ip precedence value   COS value     31    31       cha     cha     285    Differentiated Services  DiffServ  18 3 policy map    18 3 13policy map name class name police simple  conform action set sec cos transmit violate   action    Configure a Diffserv policy   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  policy map name  lt string gt  class name  lt string gt   police simple  lt 1  4294967295 gt   lt 1  128 gt   conform action set sec cos  transmit  lt 0   7 gt   violate action   drop    set cos as sec cos    set cos transmit  lt 0  7 gt     set dscp transmit   lt af1l   af12   af13   af21 af22    af23   af31   af32
244. nt    P 1 notice Normal but significant conditions    P 1 informational Informational messages    P  debug Debug level messages    P  0 Same as emergency   P  1 Same as alert   P  2 Same as critical   P  3 Same as error   P  4 Same as warning   P  5 Same as notice   P  6 Same as informational   P  7 Same as debug          36 1 20 logging email to addr add    Create a destination address entry with default values  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  logging email to addr add  lt P 1 gt   addr  lt P 2 gt    ms   gtype  lt P 3 gt     addr   Create an entry with specified address    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 459    Logging 36 1 logging     msgtype   Create an entry with specified messgae type             Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 1  10 Destination address entry index  P 2 string Enter a valid email address   P 3 urgent Urgent message typ   P 3 non urgent Non urgent message typ    36 1 21 logging email to addr delete    Delete a destination address  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  logging email to addr delete  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  10 Destination address entry index    36 1 22 logging email to addr modify    Modify a destination address  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  logging email to addr modify  lt P 1 gt   addr  lt P 2 gt     msgtype  lt P 3 gt     addr   Modify the destination address   msgtype   Modify the message type          Parameter Value Mean
245. ntact  53 3 1 signal contact link alarm    Slot    show  54 1 1 show slot    Switched Monitoring  SMON     monitor  55 1 1 monitor session    show  55 2 1 show monitor session    clear  55 3 1 clear monitor session    Simple Network Management Protocol  SNMP     snmp  56 1 1 snmp access version v1  56 1 2 snmp access version v2  56 1 3 snmp access version v3  56 1 4 snmp access port   56 1 5 snmp access snmp over 802    show  56 2 1 show snmp access    SNMP Community    snmp  57 1 1 snmp community ro  57 1 2 snmp community rw    show  57 2 1 show snmp community    SNMP Logging    logging   58 1 1 logging snmp request get operation  58 1 2 logging snmp request get severity  58 1 3 logging snmp request set operation  58 1 4 logging snmp request set severity    show    605  605    607    608  608    609    610  610    612  612    613  613    615    616  616  616  617  617  618    619  619    621    622  622  622    623  623    625    626  626  627  627  628    629    CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013    Content    58 2 1 show logging snmp    59 Simple Network Time Protocol  SNTP   59 1 sntp  59 1 1 sntp client operation  59 1 2 sntp client operating mode  59 1 3  sntp client request interval  59 1 4 sntp client disable after sync  59 1 5  sntp client server add  59 1 6 sntp client server delete  59 1 7 sntp client server mode  59 1 8 sntp server operation  59 1 9 sntp server port  59 1 10 sntp server only if synchronized  59 1 11 sntp server broadcast operation  59 1 12 sntp server
246. o set up the connection     When you first login to your device  towards the end of the connection setup   PuTTY displays a security alert message and gives you the option of  checking the fingerprint of the key     CLI MSP MSP  14 Release 2 0 02 2013    Access to CLI 2 2 CLI via SSH  Secure Shell     PuTTY Security Alert l x     AA WARNING   POTENTIAL SECURITY BREACH     The server s host key does not match the one PuTTY has  cached in the registry  This means that either the   server administrator has changed the host key  or you  have actually connected to another computer pretending  to be the server    The new rsa key fingerprint is    1024 4e 62 99 32 56 07 26  1   c5 39 55 e4 65 a9 F9 6e  If you were expecting this change and trust the new key   hit Yes to update PuTTY s cache and continue connecting   IF you want to carry on connecting but without updating  the cache  hit No    IF you want to abandon the connection completely  hit  Cancel  Hitting Cancel is the ONLY guaranteed safe  choice        Figure 2  Security alert prompt for the fingerprint    L Check the fingerprint to help protect yourself from unwelcome guests   L  If the fingerprint matches that of the device key  click    Yes        You can read the fingerprints of the device key with the CLI command    show  login    or in the Web interface  in the    SSH access    dialog     Note   The OpenSSH Suite offers experienced network administrators a further  option to access your device via SSH  To set up the c
247. ode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  ssh timeout  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0  160 Idle timeout of a session in minutes  de   fault  5         CLI MSP  658 Release 2 0 02 2013    Secure Shell  SSH  61 1 ssh    61 1 3 ssh port    Set the SSH port number  default  22    Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  ssh port  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  65535 Port number of the SSH server  default  22               61 1 4 ssh max sessions    Set the maximum number of concurrent SSH sessions  default  5    Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  ssh max sessions  lt P 1 gt           Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  5 Maximum number of concurrent SSH sessions   default  5      61 1 5 ssh key rsa    Generate or delete RSA key  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  ssh key rsa  lt P 1 gt              Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 generate Generates the item  P 1 delete Deletes the item  CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 659    Secure Shell  SSH  61 1 ssh    61 1 6 ssh key dsa    Generate or delete DSA key  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  ssh key dsa  lt P 1 gt              Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 generate Generates the item  P 1 delete Deletes the item  CLI MSP  660 Release 2 0 02 2013    Secure Shell  SSH     61 2 copy    Copy different kinds of items     61 2 1 copy sshkey remote    Copy SSH key from server    Mode  Privileged E
248. ode  Privileged Exec Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  network management access add  lt P 1 gt   ip  lt P 2 gt      mask  lt P 3 gt    http  lt P 4 gt    https  lt P 5 gt    snmp  lt P 6 gt      telnet  lt P 7 gt    ssh  lt P 8 gt    ip   Configure IP address which should have access to management   mask   Configure network mask to allow a subnet for management access   http   Configure if HTTP is allowed to have management access   https   Configure if HTTPS is allowed to have management access   snmp   Configure if SNMP is allowed to have management access   telnet   Configure if telnet is allowed to have management access     SoS SSS  SS SS    CLI MSP  484 Release 2 0 02 2013    Management Access 39 1 network     ssh   Configure if SSH is allowed to have management access                                               Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 1  16 Pool entry index   P 2 A B C D IP address    P 3 0  32 Prefix length netmask   P 4 enable Enable the option   P 4 disable Disable the option   P 5 enable Enable the option   P 5 disable Disable the option   P 6 enable Enable the option   P 6 disable Disable the option   P 7 enable Enable the option   P 7 disable Disable the option   P 8 enable Enable the option   P 8 disable Disable the option                       39 1 3 network management access delete    Delete an entry with index   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  network management access delete  lt P 1 gt     Parameter 
249. ode  To be able to enter the Privileged Exec mode  you have to be  authenticated as a privileged user by the login  In the Privileged Exec  mode you can execute the User Exec mode commands  too    Command prompt  MSP      VLAN mode   This mode contains VLAN related commands   Command prompt  MSP  VLAN      This mode contains VLAN related commands   Command prompt  MSP  VLAN       Global Config mode   This mode allows you to perform modifications to the current  configuration  In this mode  general setup commands are grouped  together    Command prompt  MSP  config       Interface Range mode  The commands in the Interface Range mode affect a specific port  a  selected group of multiple ports or all port of the device  The commands  modify a value or switch a function on off on one or more specific ports   All physical ports on the device  Command prompt  MSP   interface  all     Example  When you switch from the Global Config mode to the  Interface Range mode  the command prompt changes as follows   MSP  config   interface all  MSP   Interface  all     A single port on one interface  Command prompt  MSP  interface  lt slot port gt      Example  When you switch from the Global Config mode to the  Interface Range mode  the command prompt changes as follows   MSP  config   interface 2 1  MSP  interface 2 1       CLI MSP MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Using the CLI 3 1 Mode based command hierarchy    A range of ports on one interface   Command prompt  MSP  interface  lt interface ran
250. of the commands or the possible parameters by  entering    help    or          for example by entering    MSP   gt show      When you enter the command displayed  you get a list of the parameters  available for the command show     CLI MSP MSP  42 Release 2 0 02 2013    Using the CLI 3 3 Properties of the CLI    When you enter the command without space character in front of the  question mark  the device displays the help text for the command itself        MSP   Config   show   show Display device options and settings     CLI MSP MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 43    Using the CLI    44    3 3 Properties of the CLI    CLI MSP MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Examples    4 Examples    CLI MSP MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    45    Examples 4 1 Setting the IP address    4 1 Setting the IP address    Task assignment   The following example shows how you find and execute a command for  setting the management IP address of your MSP    The IP address  a b c d  consists of four decimal numbers with values  from 0 to 255  The four decimal numbers are separated by points  In the  state on delivery  this value is set to 0 0 0 0     Login to the CLI  L  Login to the CLI as described above  see on page 12    Preparing the  connection         Finding the command mode  You are in the User Exec mode  see on page 28    Mode based command  hierarchy         O Enter a question mark   to get a list of the commands available in this  mode  see fig  15      The corresponding command is located in a different mode
251. onfig Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  logging email mail server modify  lt P 1 gt   addr  lt P   2 gt    security  lt P 3 gt    username  lt P 4 gt    password  lt P 5 gt     port  lt P 6 gt      addr   SMTP server address    security   Security mode used in SMTP server     username   Login ID to access SMTP server     password   Password to access SMTP server     port   SMTP server port number                                      Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 1  5 SMTP server index   P 2 string Hostname or IP address   P 3 none Security mode none   P 3 tlsv1 Security mode TLSv1   p 4 string Enter a user defined text  max  32 charac   ters    P 5 string Enter a user defined text  max  32 charac   ters    P 6 1  65535 UDP port number to be used    36 1 26 logging email subject add    Create an email subject entry  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  logging email subject add  lt P 1 gt    lt P 2 gt               Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 urgent Urgent message typ   P 1 non urgent Non urgent message typ   P 2 string  lt string gt  Enter the email subject  Within             double quotations if subject includes space     CLI MSP  462 Release 2 0 02 2013    Logging 36 1 logging    36 1 27 logging email subject delete    Delete an email subject entry  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  logging email subject delete  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 urgent Urgent message typ  P 1 non urgent 
252. onnection  enter the    following command   ssh admin 10 149 112 53       admin represents the user name   10 149 112 53 is the IP address of your device     CLI appears on the screen with a window for entering the user name   Up to five users can access the Command Line Interface at the same time     CLI MSP MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 15    Access to CLI 2 2 CLI via SSH  Secure Shell     login as  admin  admin a b c d s password     Figure 3  Login window in CLI    a b c d is the IP address of your device    O Enter a user name  The default setting for the user name is admin   Press the Enter key    C Enter the password  The default setting for the password is private   Press the Enter key   You can change the user name and the password later in the Command  Line Interface   These entries are case sensitive     The device displays the CLI start screen     Note  Change the password during the first startup procedure     CLI MSP MSP  16 Release 2 0 02 2013    Access to CLI    2 2 CLI via SSH  Secure Shell     Copyright  c  2011 2013 Hirschmann Automation and Control GmbH                All rights reserved    MSP Release HiOS 2A 02 0 00           Build date 2013 02 20 20 20                                               System Name   MSP ECE555F63600  Management IP   10 115 45 104  Subnet Mask  gt   255 255 224 0   Base MAC  gt   EC E5 55 F6 36 00  System Time      2013 02 71 11314235    NOTE  Enter     for Command Help  Command help displays all options                      that 
253. or   Format  no ip dhcp snooping auto disable    CLI MSP  254 Release 2 0 02 2013    DHCP Snooping 17 4 ip    17 4 4 ip dhcp snooping limit    This command configures an interface for a maximum DHCP packet rate in  a burst interval  or disables it  If the rate of DHCP packets exceed this limit in  consecutive intervals then all further packets are dropped  If that happens  and additionally the auto disable feature is enabled  then the port is disabled  automatically    Mode  Interface Range Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  ip dhcp snooping limit  lt P 1 gt    lt P 2 gt      Parameter Value Meaning  P 1  1  150 Specifies the rate limit value  in packets  per seconds  pps  for DHCP snooping purpo   ses  The value  1 switches rate limiting  off                                        P 2 1  15 Specifies the burst interval value for DHCP  snooping purposes  Because this parameter is  optional it leaves unchanged if omitted              CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 255    DHCP Snooping 17 5 show    17 5 show    Display device options and settings     17 5 1 show ip dhcp snooping global    This command displays the global DHCP Snooping configuration   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show ip dhcp snooping global    17 5 2 show ip dhcp snooping statistics    This command displays statistics for DHCP Snooping security violations on  untrusted ports    Mode  command is in all modes available   Privilege Level  Guest   Format  show ip dh
254. ormat  show logging email to addr   lt P 1 gt      Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  10 Destination address entry index    36 2 10 show logging email subject    Display the subject entries configured   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show logging email subject   lt P 1 gt               Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 urgent Urgent message typ  P 1 non urgent Non urgent message typ    36 2 11 show logging email mail server    Display SMTP server settings   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show logging email mail server   lt P 1 gt      Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  5 SMTP server index    CLI MSP  468 Release 2 0 02 2013    Logging 36 3 copy    36 3 copy    Copy different kinds of items     36 3 1 copy eventlog buffered envm    Copy buffered log to external non volative memory device   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  copy eventlog buffered envm  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  32 charac   ters              36 3 2 copy eventlog buffered remote    Copy buffered log to file server   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  copy eventlog buffered remote  lt P 1 gt                 Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  128 charac   CECS    CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 469    Logging    36 3 3 copy eventlog persistent    Copy persistent logs to envm or file server   Mode  
255. otection   source IP equals destination IP   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dos ip land    no dos ip land   Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no dos ip land    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 315    DoS Mitigation 20 1 dos    20 1 9 dos tcp offset    Enables TCP offset check   ingress TCP packets with fragment offset 1 are  dropped    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  dos tcp offset    no dos tcp offset   Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no dos tcp offset    20 1 10 dos tcp syn    Enables TCP SYN and L4 source port smaller than 1024 protection   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dos tcp syn    no dos tcp syn   Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no dos tcp syn    CLI MSP  316 Release 2 0 02 2013    DoS Mitigation 20 1 dos    20 1 11 dos 14 port    Enables UDP or TCP L4 source port equals L4 destination port check   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dos 14 port    no dos l4 port   Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no dos 14 port    20 1 12 dos icmp smurf attack    Enables ICMP smurf attack protection check   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dos icmp smurf attack    no dos icmp smurf attack   Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level 
256. ound direction   P 3 1  4294967295 Sequence    no ip access group del   Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no ip access group del    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 111    Access Control List  ACL  2 4 ip    2 4 ip    IP interface commands     2 4 1 ip access group name    Associate a specific IP access list identified by name with an interface  in a  given direction    Mode  Interface Range Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  ip access group name  lt P 1 gt   sequence  lt P 2 gt     sequence   Indicate the order          Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 in Inbound direction   P 1 out Outbound direction   P 2 1  4294967295 Sequence    no ip access group name   Disable the option   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no ip access group name    CLI MSP  112 Release 2 0 02 2013    Access Control List  ACL  2 4 ip    2 4 2 ip access group del    Remove a specific IP access list identified by name from an interface   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  ip access group del  lt P 1 gt   sequence  lt P 2 gt     sequence   Indicate the order          Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 in Inbound direction   P 1 out Outbound direction   P 2 1  4294967295 Sequence    no ip access group del   Disable the option   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no ip access group del    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 113    Access Control List  ACL  2 5 show    2 5 show    Display 
257. ow dhcp 1l2relay statistics    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 243    DHCP L2 Relay 16 5 show    16 5 3 show dhcp  2relay interfaces    This command displays the DHCP Layer 2 Relay status of all interfaces   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show dhcp 1l2relay interfaces    16 5 4 show dhcp  2relay vlan    This command displays the VLAN based DHCP Layer 2 Relay status   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show dhcp 12relay vlan    CLI MSP  244 Release 2 0 02 2013    DHCP Snooping 16 5 show    17 DHCP Snooping    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 245    DHCP Snooping 17 1 ip    17 1 ip    Set IP parameters     17 1 1 ip dhcp snooping verify mac    If enabled verifies the source MAC address in the ethernet packet against the  client hardware address in the received DHCP Message  If disabled does not  perform this additional security check    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  ip dhcp snooping verify mac    no ip dhcp snooping verify mac  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no ip dhcp snooping verify mac    17 1 2 ip dhcp snooping mode    Enable DHCP Snooping   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  ip dhcp snooping mode    CLI MSP  246 Release 2 0 02 2013    DHCP Snooping 17 1 ip    no ip dhcp snooping mode   Disable DHCP Snooping   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no ip dhcp snooping mode
258. p    11 3 2 ip arp inspection log    Enables DAI logging on a VLAN    Mode  any   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  ip arp inspection log  lt P 1 gt   Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID           no ip arp inspection log  Disables DAI logging on a VLAN   Mode  any  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no ip arp inspection log    11 3 3 ip arp inspection bind check    Enables or disables the DAI binding check on a VLAN  If enabled  an ARP  frame received on an untrusted port  in a DAI enabled VLAN  is checked   This test starts when a ARP ACL exists but the condition dont match in the  rule table and the ACL strict flag is not set or when the ARP ACL not exist    Mode  any   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  ip arp inspection bind check  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID           no ip arp inspection bind check  Disable the option   Mode  any  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no ip arp inspection bind check    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 189    Dynamic ARP Inspection 11 3 ip    11 3 4 ip arp inspection access list strict    Enables or disables the strict DAl ACL check on a VLAN  If an ARP ACL is  defined for the VLAN and there is no match for the received ARP packet  then   if this option is enabled  the packet is dropped without consulting the DHCP  Snooping bindings database    Mode  any   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  ip arp inspection access list strict  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  4042 En
259. priority 3  P 2 4 priority 4  P 2 5 priority 5  P 2 6 priority 6  P 2 7 priority 7  P 2 255 default    CLI MSP  720 Release 2 0 02 2013    Voice VLAN 69 3 voice    69 3 2 voice vian dotip    Set and configure the dot1p voice vlan interface mode   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  voice vlan dotlp  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 0 priority 0  P  1 priority 1  P  2 priority 2  P  3 priority 3  P  4 priority 4  P  5 priority 5  P  6 priority 6  P  7 priority 7  P 1 255 default                69 3 3 voice vlan none    Configure the none voice VLAN interface mode   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  voice vlan none    69 3 4 voice vian untagged    Configure the untagged voice VLAN interface mode   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  voice vlan untagged    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 721    Voice VLAN 69 3 voice    69 3 5 voice vian disable    Disable voice VLAN on the interface   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  voice vlan disable    69 3 6 voice vian auth    Set voice VLAN Authentication Mode on the interface   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  voice vlan auth    no voice vian auth   Disable the option   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no voice vlan auth    CLI MSP  722 Release 2 0 02 2013    Voice VLAN 69 3 voice    69 3 7 voice vian data priority    Trust Untrust data traffic on the interface 
260. querier timer expiry    Sets the IGMP querier timer expiration period  60 300  in seconds   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  igmp snooping querier timer expiry  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 60  300 Enter a number in the given range   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 363    IGMP Snooping 27 1 igmp snooping    27 1 5 igmp snooping querier version    Sets the IGMP version  1 3  of the query   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  igmp snooping querier version  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 13 IGMP snooping querier s protocol version  1  to 3 default  2               27 1 6 igmp snooping forward unknown    Configure if and how unknown multicasts are forwarded The setting can be  discard  flood or query ports  The default is flood    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  igmp snooping forward unknown  lt P 1 gt                          Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 discard Unknown multicast frames will be discarded   P 1 flood Unknown multicast frames will be flooded   P 1 query ports Unknown multicast frames will be forwarded                               only to query ports     CLI MSP  364 Release 2 0 02 2013    IGMP Snooping 27 2 igmp snooping    27 2 igmp snooping    Configure IGMP snooping     27 2 1 igmp snooping vian id    Configure the VLAN parameters   Mode  any  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  igmp snooping vlan id  lt P 1 gt  mode fast leave  groupmembership int
261. r Value Meaning    P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  32 charac   ters              10 1 11 copy config remote    Copy configuration file from server   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  copy config remote  lt P 1 gt  nvm  profile  lt P 2 gt   run   ning config  nvm  Copy configuration file from server to NV memory    profile   Copy configuration from server to named NV memory profile   running config  Copy configuration file from server to running config                             Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  128 charac   ters    P 2 string Enter a user defined text  max  32 charac   ters        CLI MSP  166 Release 2 0 02 2013    Configure 10 1 copy    10 1 12 copy sfp white list remote    Copy SFP WhiteList from server to system memory    Mode  Privileged Exec Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  copy sfp white list remote  lt P 1 gt  nvm  nvm  Copy SFP WhiteList from file server to system memory     Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  128 charac   ters              10 1 13 copy sfp white list envm    Copy SFP WhiteList from external non volative memory device    Mode  Privileged Exec Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  copy sfp white list envm  lt P 1 gt  nvm  nvm  Copy SFP WhiteList from external non volatile memory device to sys   tem memory              Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  128 charac      LErsS
262. r of statically locked MAC  addresses allowed       44 2 4 port security mac address add    Add Static MAC address to the interface   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  port security mac address add  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt                 Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 aa bb cc dd ee  MAC address   P 2 1  4042 VLAN ID       44 2 5 port security mac address move    Make dynamic MAC addresses static for the interface   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  port security mac address move    CLI MSP  526 Release 2 0 02 2013    Port Security 44 2 port security    44 2 6 port security mac address delete    Remove Static MAC address from the interface   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  port security mac address delete  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt                 Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 aa bb cc dd ee  MAC address   P 2 1  4042 VLAN ID       44 2 7 port security violation traps    SNMP violation traps for the interface   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  port security violation traps operation  fre   quency  lt P 1 gt    operation  Enable Disable SNMP violation traps for the interface    frequency   The minimum seconds between two successive violation  traps on this port     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0  3600 time in seconds    no port security violation traps  Disable the option   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no port security violation traps
263. raffic class it should be mappped to   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  classofservice dotlp mapping  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt                                   Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 0  7 Enter the 802 1p priority    P 2 0  7 Enter the Traffic Class value   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 139    Class Of Service 7 2 cClassofservice    7 2 Classofservice    Interface classofservice configuration     7 2 1 classofservice trust    trust configuration  Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  classofservice trust  lt P 1 gt                                                           Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 untrusted Sets the class of service trust mode to un   trusted   P 1 dot1p Sets the class of service trust mode to  dotlp    P 1 ip dscp Sets the class of service trust mode to IP  DSCP     CLI MSP  140 Release 2 0 02 2013    Class Of Service 7 3 show    7 3 show    Display device options and settings     7 3 1 show classofservice ip dscp mapping    Show ip dscp mapping configuration   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show classofservice ip dscp mapping    7 3 2 show classofservice dot1p mapping    Display a table containing the vlan priority to traffic class mappings   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show classofservice dotlp mapping    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 141    Class Of Service 7 3 show    7 3 3 show classofservice trust    Show 
264. rator  Format mac access group del vlan  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt   sequence   lt P 3 gt    vlan  Vlan ID    CLI MSP  100 Release 2 0 02 2013    Access Control List  ACL  2 1 mac     sequence   Indicate the sequence number                Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID   P 2 in Inbound direction   P 2 out Outbound direction   P 3 1  4294967295 Sequence    no mac access group del   Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no mac access group del    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 101    Access Control List  ACL  2 2 mac    2 2 mac    MAC interface commands     2 2 1 mac access group name    Associate a specific MAC access list identified by name with an interface  in  a given direction    Mode  Interface Range Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  mac access group name  lt P 1 gt   sequence  lt P 2 gt     sequence   Indicate the sequence number          Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 in Inbound direction   P 1 out Outbound direction   P 2 1  4294967295 Sequence    no mac access group name   Disable the option   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no mac access group name    CLI MSP  102 Release 2 0 02 2013    Access Control List  ACL  2 2 mac    2 2 2 mac access group del    Remove a specific MAC access list identified by name from an interface   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  mac access group del  lt P 1 gt   sequence  lt P 2 gt     sequence   Indicate the s
265. ress and mask           Source IP address and mask  mask in wild   card notation      Domain       Echo   FTP   FTP Data  HTTP   SMTP   SNMP   Telnet   TFTP   WW   Port number       Enter for any destination ip address and  mask                 Destination IP address and mask  mask in  wild card notation  e g 192 168 1 1   255 255 255 0    Domain          Echo   FTP   FTP Data  HTTP   SMTP   SNMP   Telnet   TFTP   WWW   Port number  ICMP   IGMP  IP in IP  ECR   UDP   Any IP protocol                Protocol number       IP Precedence    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Access Control List  ACL     Parameter Value    P 24 string   P 25 slot no  port no   P 26 slot no  port no   P 27 0  255   P 28 0  255   P 29 string   P 30 0  7   P 31 slot no  port no   P 32 slot no  port no   P33 0  63   P 34 string   P 35 0  7   P 36 slot no  port no   P 37 slot no  port no   P 38 string   P 39 0  7   P 40 slot no  port no   P 41 slot no  port no        2 3 ip    Meaning   lt name gt  Time range name    TOS  TOS Mask   lt name gt  Time range name    User priority  VLAN priority      DSCP   lt name gt  Time range name    User priority  VLAN priority       lt name gt  Time range name    User priority  VLAN priority      no ip access list extended name  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no ip access list extended name    2 3 2 ip access list extended rename  Rename an existing IP access list   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Fo
266. rier vlan all   27 4 8 show igmp snooping querier vlan vian id   27 4 9 show igmp snooping enhancements vlan   27 4 10 show igmp snooping enhancements unknown filte     ring  27 4 11 show igmp snooping statistics global  27 4 12 show igmp snooping statistics interface    show  27 5 1 show mac filter table igmp snooping    clear  27 6 1 clear igmp snooping    Interface    shutdown  auto negotiate  auto power down  cable crossing  linktraps   speed   name  power state  mac filter    28 10 show    29  29 1    29 2    28 10 1 show port all    Interface Statistics    utilization   29 1 1 utilization control interval   29 1 2 utilization alarm threshold lower  29 1 3 utilization alarm threshold upper    clear  29 2 1 clear port statistics    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    370  370  371  371  371  372  372  372  373    373  373  374    375  375    376  376    377    378  379  380  381  382  383  384  385  386  387  387    389    390  390  390  391    392  392    69    Content    29 3    30  30 1    30 2    30 3    31  31 1    31 2    31 3    31 4    70    show   29 3 1  29 3 2  29 3 3  29 3 4    show interface counters  show interface utilization  show interface statistics  show interface ether stats    Digital 10 Module    digital input    30 1 1  30 1 2  30 1 3  30 1 4  30 1 5  30 1 6    digital input admin state  digital input refresh interval  digital input log event io  digital input log event all  digital input snmp trap io  digital input snmp trap all    digital output    di
267. rimary domain  for syntonization  of the transparent clock   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  ptp v2 transparent clock primary domain  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0  255 Enter a number in the given range   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 537    Precision Time Protocol  PTP  45 1 ptp    45 1 12 ptp v2 transparent clock vlan    VLAN in which PTP packets are send  With a value of none all packets are  send untagged    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  ptp v2 transparent clock vlan  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 vianld Send ptp to vlaniId Use 0 for priority only  tagged frames                P 1 none Send all ptp packets untagged    45 1 13 ptp v2 transparent clock vlan priority    VLAN priority of tagged ptp packets    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  ptp v2 transparent clock vlan priority  lt P 1 gt   Parameter Value Meaning  Par 0  7    45 1 14 ptp v2 boundary clock domain    Configure the PTP domain number  0  255   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  ptp v2 boundary clock domain  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0  255 Enter a number in the given range        CLI MSP  538 Release 2 0 02 2013    Precision Time Protocol  PTP  45 1 ptp    45 1 15 ptp v2 boundary clock priority1    Configure the priority1 value  0  255  for the BMCA  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  ptp v2 bo
268. ring  0  7  0  255  0  255  string    Release 2 0 02 2013    Meaning  Enter for any source ip address and mask                 Source IP address and mask  mask in wild   card notation      Domain       Echo   FTP   FTP Data  HTTP   SMTP   SNMP   Telnet   TFTP   WW   Port number    Dp    Enter for any destination ip address and  mask                    Destination IP address and mask  mask in  wild card notation  e g 192 168 1 1   255255 5255 0    Domain          Echo   FTP   FTP Data  HTTP   SMTP   SNMP   Telnet   TETP   WWW   Port number  ICMP   IGMP  IP in IP  TCP   UDP   Any IP protocol                Protocol number       IP Precedence    lt name gt  Time range name   User priority  VLAN priority    TOS   TOS Mask    lt name gt  Time range name    107    Access Control List  ACL     Parameter Value    tg  l  olojn eJ  wjN       tg  l  DLOSLOLOLOTOILO LOIlW WO WO 0    T  N    go   l   N   oO       P 22  P 22  P 22  P 22  P 22  P 22  P 22  P 23    108    0  7   0  63   string   0  7   string   0  7   any  a b c d e f g h    domain  echo  ftp  ftpdata  http  smtp  snmp  telnet  tftp  www  1 65535  any    a b c d e f g h    domain  echo  ftp  ftpdata  http  smtp  snmp  telnet  tftp  www  1 65535  icmp  igmp  ip in ip  tcp   udp   ip  1 255  0  7    2 3 ip    Meaning  User priority  VLAN priority    DSCP   lt name gt  Time range name   User priority  VLAN priority     lt name gt  Time range name             User priority  VLAN priority               Enter for any source ip add
269. rivilege Level  Operator  Format  utilization alarm threshold upper  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 0  10000 Add alarm threshold upper value for monito   ring bandwidth utilization in hundredths of  a percent                 CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 391    Interface Statistics    29 2 clear    Clear several items     29 2 1 clear port statistics    Clear all statistics counter   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  clear port statistics    392    29 2 clear    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Interface Statistics 29 3 show    29 3 show    Display device options and settings     29 3 1 show interface counters    Show Table with interface counters   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show interface counters    29 3 2 show interface utilization    Show interface utilization   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show interface utilization   lt P 1 gt      Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 393    Interface Statistics 29 3 show    29 3 3 show interface statistics    Show summary interface statistics   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show interface statistics   lt P 1 gt      Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no     29 3 4 show interface ether stats    Show detailed interface statistics   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show interfac
270. rmat  debug tcpdump stop    12 1 4 debug tcpdump filter show    Display a known filter file   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  debug tcpdump filter show  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 string  lt filename gt  Enter a valid filename              12 1 5 debug tcpdump filter list    Display all available filter files   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  debug tcpdump filter list    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 199    Debug    12 1 6 debug tcpdump filter delete    Delete a known filter file     Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  debug tcpdump filter delete  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value    P 1    200    string       Meaning     lt        filename gt        Enter a valid       12 1 debug       filename     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Debug 12 2 copy    12 2 copy    Copy different kinds of items     12 2 1 copy tcpdumpcap nvm envm    Copy capture file from non volatile memory to external non volatile memory   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  copy tcpdumpcap nvm envm   lt P 1 gt      Parameter Value Meaning  Pai string  lt filename gt  Enter a valid filename              12 2 2 copy tcpdumpcap nvm remote    Copy internal capture file from device to the server   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  copy tcpdumpcap nvm remote  lt P 1 gt              Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  128 charac  
271. rmat  ip access list extended rename  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt        Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 string  lt name gt  ACL name   PEZ string  lt name gt  ACL name   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013    109    Access Control List  ACL  2 3 ip    2 3 3 ip access list extended del    Delete an IP access list   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  ip access list extended del  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 string  lt name gt  ACL name     2 3 4 ip access group name    Associate an ACL identified by name with a VLAN ID   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  ip access group name vlan  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt   sequence   lt P 3 gt    vlan  Vlan ID   sequence   Indicate the sequence number                Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID   P 2 in Inbound direction   P 2 out Outbound direction   P 3 1  4294967295 Sequence    no ip access group name   Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format no ip access group name    CLI MSP  110 Release 2 0 02 2013    Access Control List  ACL  2 3 ip    2 3 5 ip access group del    Deassociate an ACL identified by name with a VLAN ID   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  ip access group del vlan  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt   sequence   lt P 3 gt    vlan  Vlan ID   sequence   Indicate the sequence number                Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID   P 2 in Inbound direction   P 2 out Outb
272. rv   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  diffserv    CLI MSP  260 Release 2 0 02 2013    Differentiated Services  DiffServ  18 2 class map    18 2 class map    Manage DiffServ classes     18 2 1 class map name    Configure a Diffserv class   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  class map name  lt P 1 gt  match any ethertype  lt P 2 gt   cos  lt P 3 gt  secondary cos  lt P 4 gt  destination address  lt P   5 gt   lt P 6 gt   lt P   gt  source address  lt P 8 gt   lt P 9 gt   lt P  10 gt  dstip   lt P 11 gt   lt P 12 gt  srcip  lt P 13 gt   lt P 14 gt  dstl4port  lt P 15 gt   srcl4port  lt P 16 gt  ip dscp  lt P 17 gt  precedence  lt P 18 gt  tos   lt P 19 gt   lt P 20 gt  protocol  lt P 21 gt  vlan  lt P 22 gt  secondary   vlan  lt P 23 gt  class map  lt P 24 gt   lt P 25 gt   match  Add a match rule for the class   any  Match any packet   ethertype  Add a match condition based on the ethertype value   cos  Add a match condition based on the COS value   secondary cos  Add a match condition based on the secondary COS va   lue   destination address  Add a match condition based on the destination  mac address   source address  Add a match condition based on the source mac  address   dstip  Add a match condition based on the destination IP address   srcip  Add a match condition based on the source IP address   dstl4port  Add a match condition based on the layer 4 destination port   srcl4port  Add a match condition based on the layer
273. s and traps     56 1 1 snmp access version v1    Enable SNMP version V1   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  snmp access version vl    no snmp access version v1  Disable SNMP version V1   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no snmp access version vl    56 1 2 snmp access version v2    Enable SNMP version V2   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  snmp access version v2    CLI MSP  616 Release 2 0 02 2013    Simple Network Management Pro     56 1 snmp  tocol  SNMP     no snmp access version v2  Disable SNMP version V2   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no snmp access version v2    56 1 3 snmp access version v3    Enable SNMP version V3   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  snmp access version v3    no snmp access version v3  Disable SNMP version V3   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no snmp access version v3    56 1 4 snmp access port    Configure the SNMP access port   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  snmp access port  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning       P 1 1  65535 Port number of the SNMP server  default   161            CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    617    Simple Network Management Pro  56 1 snmp  tocol  SNMP     56 1 5 snmp access snmp over 802    Configure SNMPover802   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  snmp access 
274. s conflict detection mode    Configure the detection mode   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  address conflict detection mode  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 active and passive Configure active and passive detection  Du   ring ip address configuration  active  is  sending ARP or NDP probes into the network  and  passive  is listening continously on  the network                 P 1 active only Configure only active detection  During ip  address configuration  active  is sending  once ARP or NDP probes into the network                       P 1 passive only Configure passive detection  The device lis   tens passively on the network if another de   vice with an already locally configured ip  address appears           1 1 3 address conflict detection ongoing    Enable the ongoing detection  If enabled  the device sends periodic ARP or  NDP probes    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  address conflict detection ongoing    no address conflict detection ongoing  Disable the ongoing detection  If enabled  the device sends periodic ARP  or NDP probes    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  no address conflict detection ongoing    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 89    IP Address Conflict Detection 1 1 address conflict    1 1 4 address conflict delay    The maximum detection delay time in milliseconds  Time gap bet   ween ARP or NDP probes    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Operator  
275. s on one interface   MSP    Interface 1 2 1 4 1 5     Interface Range Mode   A list of single ports    MSP    Interface 1 1 1 2 1 4 1 6       Interface Range Mode   A list of port ranges and single ports    CLI MSP MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Using the CLI 3 3 Properties of the CLI    Asterisk  pound sign and exclamation point    Asterisk           An asterisk         in the first or second position of the input prompt shows you  that the settings in the volatile memory and the settings in the non volatile  memory are different  In your configuration  the device has detected  modifications which have not been saved    ANSP   gt     Pound sign           A pound sign         at the beginning of the input prompt shows you that the  boot parameters and the parameters during the boot phase are different         MSP   gt     Exclamation point          An exclamation point         at the beginning of the input prompt shows you   that the password for the user or admin user account in unchanged from  the default setting       MSP   gt     CLI MSP MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 39    Using the CLI    3 3 Properties of the CLI    3 3 2 Key combinations    The following key combinations make it easier for you to work with the  Command Line Interface     Key combination    CTRL  H   Backspace    CTRL A  CTRL E  CTRL  F  CTRL B  CTRL  D  CTRL   U  X  CTRL  K  CTRL   W  CTRL  P  CTRL R  CTRL  N  CTRL  Z  CTRL G  Tab   lt SPACE gt   Exit        Description  Delete previous character    Go to begi
276. se 2 0 02 2013    DHCP Snooping 17 4 ip    17 4 ip    IP interface commands     17 4 1 ip dhcp snooping trust    This command configures an interface as trusted  typically connected to a  DHCP server  or un trusted  DHCP Snooping forwards valid DHCP client  messages on trusted interfaces  On un trusted interfaces the application  compares the receive interface with the clients interface in the binding data   base    Mode  Interface Range Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  ip dhcp snooping trust    no ip dhcp snooping trust   Disable the option   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no ip dhcp snooping trust    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 253    DHCP Snooping 17 4 ip    17 4 2 ip dhcp snooping log    This command configures an interface to log invalid DHCP messages  or not  to log    Mode  Interface Range Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  ip dhcp snooping log    no ip dhcp snooping log   Disable the option   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no ip dhcp snooping log    17 4 3 ip dhcp snooping auto disable    Enables the auto disable feature for an interface  applicable when the DHCP  packet rate exceeds the limit    Mode  Interface Range Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  ip dhcp snooping auto disable    no ip dhcp snooping auto disable  Disables the auto disable feature for an interface  applicable when the  DHCP packet rate exceeds the limit    Mode  Interface Range Mode   Privilege Level  Operat
277. sentation and the range of the  address types     Address Type Format Range Example  IP Address nnn nnn nnn nnn nnn  O to 255  decimal  192 168 11 110    MAC Address   mm mm mm mm mm mm_ mm  00 to ff  hexadecimal A7 C9 89 DD A9 B3  number pairs     Table 4  Format and range of network addresses    Strings   A string is indicated by quotation marks  For example     System name with  space character     Space characters are not valid user defined strings   You enter a space character in a parameter between quotation marks   Example       MSP   cli prompt Device name   Error  Invalid command  name       MSP  cli prompt    Device name        Device name                                                  Examples of commands    Example 1  clear arp table switch  Command for clearing the management agent s ARP table  cache      clear arp table switch Is the command name  The command  does not require any other parameters  and can be executed with the  Enter key     Example 2  radius server timeout    Command to configure the RADIUS server timeout value    MSP   config  radius server timeout   lt 1  30 gt  Timeout in seconds  default  5                           radius server timeout is the command name   The parameter is required  It can have the value 1    30     CLI MSP MSP  36 Release 2 0 02 2013    Using the CLI 3 2 Executing the commands    Example 3  radius server auth modify  lt 1  8 gt   Command to set the parameters for RADIUS authentication server 1                         
278. server  25 1 2 https port  25 1 3 https certificate    copy  25 2 1 copy httpscert remote    show  25 3 1 show https    Integrated Authentification Server  IAS     ias users   26 1 1 ias users add  26 1 2 ias users delete  26 1 3 ias users enable  26 1 4 ias users disable  26 1 5 ias users password    show  26 2 1 show ias users    IGMP Snooping    igmp snooping   27 1 1 igmp snooping mode   27 1 2 igmp snooping querier mode   27 1 3 igmp snooping querier query interval  27 1 4 igmp snooping querier timer expiry  27 1 5 igmp snooping querier version  27 1 6 igmp snooping forward unknown    igmp snooping  27 2 1 igmp snooping vlan id    igmp snooping   27 3 1 igmp snooping mode   27 3 2 igmp snooping fast leave   27 3 3 igmp snooping groupmembership interval  27 3 4 igmp snooping maxresponse   27 3 5 igmp snooping mcrtrexpiretime   27 3 6 igmp snooping static query port    show    349  349    351    352  352  352  353    354  354    355  355    357    358  358  358  359  359  359    360  360    361    362  362  362  363  363  364  364    365  365    367  367  367  368  368  369  369    370    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Content    27 5    27 6    28    28 1  28 2  28 3  28 4  28 5  28 6  28 7  28 8  28 9    27 4 1 show igmp snooping global   27 4 2 show igmp snooping interface all   27 4 3 show igmp snooping interface port   27 4 4 show igmp snooping vlan all   27 4 5 show igmp snooping vlan vian id   27 4 6 show igmp snooping querier global   27 4 7 show igmp snooping que
279. setting for the password is private   Press the Enter key   You can change the user name and the password later in the Command  Line Interface   These entries are case sensitive     The device displays the CLI start screen     CLI MSP MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 25    Access to CLI 2 4 CLI access via telnet    Copyright  c  2011 2013 Hirschmann Automation and Control GmbH          All rights reserved    MSP Release HiOS 2A 02 0 00        Build date 2013 02 20 20 20                                                  System Name   MSP ECE555F63600  Management IP   10 115 45 104  Subnet Mask   255 255 224 0   Base MAC  gt  EC  B5s55 F 62 36 00  System Time   2013 02 11 11 14 35    User admin  Password      x  x          NOTE  Enter     for Command Help  Command help displays all options  that are valid for the particular mode   For the syntax of a particular command form  please  consult the documentation                                          MSP   gt     Figure 13  Start screen of CLI     Your MSP appears with the command prompt  MSP  gt     CLI MSP MSP  26 Release 2 0 02 2013    Using the CLI    3 Using the CLI    CLI MSP MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    2     Using the CLI 3 1 Mode based command hierarchy    3 1 Mode based command  hierarchy    In the CLI  the commands are grouped in the related modes  according to the  type of the command  Every command mode supports specific Hirschmann  software commands     The commands available to you as a user at a specific time depend on your
280. show  7 3 1 show classofservice ip dscp mapping  7 3 2 show classofservice dot1p mapping  7 3 3 show classofservice trust  7 3 4 show cos queue  7 4 cos queue  7 4 1 cos queue strict  7 4 2 cos queue weighted  7 4 3 cos queue min bandwidth  8 CLI  8 1 cli  8 1 1 cli serial timeout  8 1 2 cli prompt  8 1 3 clinumlines  8 1 4 cli banner operation  8 1 5 cli banner text  8 2 show  8 2 1 show cli global  8 2 2 show cli command tree  8 3 logging  8 3 1 logging cli command  8 4 show  8 4 1 show logging cli command  9 Time  9 1 clock  9 1 1 clock set  9 1 2 clock timezone offset  9 1 3 clock timezone zone  9 1 4 clock summer time mode  9 1 5 clock summer time recurring start  9 1 6 clock summer time recurring end  9 1 7 clock summer time zone  9 2 show  9 2 1 show clock  10 Configure  10 1 copy  10 1 1 copy sysinfo system envm  10 1 2 copy sysinfoall system envm  CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013    141  141  141  142  142    143  143  143  144    145    146  146  146  147  147  148    149  149  149    150  150    151  151    153    154  154  154  155  155  156  157  158    159  159    161  162    162  162    59    Content    10 1 3 copy firmware envm 163  10 1 4 copy firmware remote 163  10 1 5 copy firmware system envm 164  10 1 6 copy firmware system remote 164  10 1 7 copy config running config nvm 164  10 1 8 copy config running config remote 165  10 1 9 copy config nvm 165  10 1 10 copy config envm 166  10 1 11 copy config remote 166  10 1 12 copy sfp white list remote 167  10 1 
281. snmp over 802    no snmp access snmp over 802  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format no snmp access snmp over 802    CLI MSP  618 Release 2 0 02 2013    Simple Network Management Pro  56 2 show  tocol  SNMP     56 2 show    Display device options and settings     56 2 1 show snmp access    Show SNMP access configuration settings   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show snmp access    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 619    Simple Network Management Pro  56 2 show  tocol  SNMP     CLI MSP  620 Release 2 0 02 2013    SNMP Community 56 2 show    57 SNMP Community    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 621    SNMP Community 57 1 snmp    57 1 snmp    Configure of SNMP versions and traps     57 1 1 snmp community ro    SNMP v1 v2 read only community   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  snmp community ro    57 1 2 snmp community rw    SNMP v1 v2 read write community   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  snmp community rw    CLI MSP  622 Release 2 0 02 2013    SNMP Community 57 2 show    57 2 show    Display device options and settings     57 2 1 show snmp community    Display SNMP v1 2 community   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  show snmp community    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 623    SNMP Community 57 2 show    CLI MSP  624 Release 2 0 02 2013    SNMP Logging 57 2 show    58 SNMP Logging    CLI MS
282. t    7 Class Of Service    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 135    Class Of Service 7 1 classofservice    7 1 classofservice    Class of service configuration     CLI MSP  136 Release 2 0 02 2013    Class Of Service 7 1 classofservice    7 1 1 classofservice ip dscp mapping    ip dscp mapping configuration  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  classofservice ip dscp mapping  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 afi1  P 1 af12  P 1 af13  P 1 af21  P 1 af22  P 1 af23  P 1 af31  P 1 af32  P 1 af33  P 1 af41  P 1 af42  P 1 af43  P 1 be  P 1 cs0  P 1 cs1  P 1 cs2  P 1 cs3  P 1 cs4  P 1 cs5  P 1 cs6  P 1 cs7  P  ef  P  0   P  1   P  2   P  3   P  4   P  5   P  6   P  7   P  8   P  9   P  10  P  11  P  12  P  13  P  14  CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 137    Class Of Service 7 1 classofservice    Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 15  P 1 16  P 1 17  P 1 18  P 1 19  P 1 20  P 1 21  P 1 22  P 1 23  P 1 24  P 1 25  P 1 26  P 1 27  P 1 28  P 1 29  P 1 30  P 1 31  P 1 32  P 1 33  P 1 34  P 1 35  P 1 36  P 1 37  P 1 38  P 1 39  P 1 40  P 1 41  P 1 42  P 1 43  P 1 44  P 1 45  P 1 46  P 1 47  P 1 48  P 1 49  P 1 50  P 1 51  P 1 52  P 1 53  P 1 54  P 1 55  P 1 56  P 1 57       CLI MSP  138 Release 2 0 02 2013    Class Of Service 7 1 classofservice       Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 58   P 1 59   P 1 60   P 1 61   P 1 62   P 1 63   P 2 0  7 Enter the Traffic Class value                    7 1 2 classofservice dot1p mapping    Enter a VLAN priority and the t
283. t 4 2 show    4 2 show    Display device options and settings     4 2 1 show authlists    Display ordered methods for authentication lists   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  show authlists    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 125    Authentication List 4 2 show    CLI MSP  126 Release 2 0 02 2013    Auto Disable 4 2 show    5 Auto Disable    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 127    Auto Disable 5 1 auto disable    5 1 auto disable    Configure the Auto Disable condition settings     5 1 1 auto disable reason    Enables port Recovery by reason on this device   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  auto disable reason  lt P 1 gt                          Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 link flap Enable disable link flap   P 1 crc error Enable disable crc error   P 1 duplex missmatch Enable disable duplex missmatch  P 1 dhcp snooping Enable disable dhcp snooping  P 1 arp rate Enable disable arp rate             no auto disable reason   Disables port Recovery by reason on this device   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no auto disable reason    CLI MSP  128 Release 2 0 02 2013    Auto Disable 5 2 auto disable    5 2 auto disable    Configure the Auto Disable condition settings     5 2 1 auto disable timer    Timer value in seconds after a deactivated port is activated again  Possible  values are  30 4294967295  A value of 0 disables the timer    Mode  Interface Range Mode   Privilege Level  Opera
284. t DHCP  BootP or none as the network  configuration protocol           The network parms command is for executing the task     L  After network enter the letters pa anda space  The CLI  automatically completes the command to network parms     L  After network parms enter a question mark to display the additional  branches of the command                  MSP  network parms     lt a b c d gt  IP address        CLI MSP MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 47    Examples 4 1 Setting the IP address    L  After network parms enter the desired IP address and a question  mark to display the other possible parameters of the command         MSP  network parms 10 100 10 100     lt a b c d gt  IP subnet mask                                      MSP   network parms 10 100 10 100 255 255 255 0                                                                a b c d  IP gateway    lt cr gt  Press Enter to execute the command      MSP   network parms 10 100 10 100 255 255 255 0 10 0 1 1      lt cr gt  Press Enter to execute the command                                                     MSP   network parms 10 100 10 100 255 255 255 0 10 0 1     L Execute the command by pressing the Enter key     Checking the execution with the Show command  L  Enter show to display the possible show commands         MSP  show               network Show configuration for inband connectivity            MSP  show network                     HiDiscovery Show the HiDiscovery settings    management Show configuration of managem
285. t Security    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 523    Port Security 44 1 port security    44 1 port security    Port MAC locking security    44 1 1 port security operation    Enable Port MAC locking security  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  port security operation    no port security operation  Disable Port MAC locking security  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no port security operation    CLI MSP  524 Release 2 0 02 2013    Port Security 44 2 port security    44 2 port security    Port MAC locking security    44 2 1 port security operation    Enable Port MAC locking security for the interface   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  port security operation    no port security operation   Disable Port MAC locking security for the interface   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no port security operation    44 2 2 port security max dynamic    Set dynamic limit for the interface   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  port security max dynamic  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 0  600 maximum number of dynamically locked MAC  addresses allowed       CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 525    Port Security 44 2 port security    44 2 3 port security max static    Set Static Limit for the interface   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  port security max static  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0  64 maximum numbe
286. t files available in the external non volative memory device   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  script list envm    49 2 5 script delete    delete the CLI Script Files   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  script delete   lt P 1 gt               Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  128 charac   Ters    CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 579    Script File 49 3 show    49 3 show    Display device options and settings     49 3 1 show script envm    Displays the content of the CLI Script File exist in the envm   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  show script envm  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  128 charac   ters              49 3 2 show script system    Displays the content of the CLI Script File exist in the system   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  show script system  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  128 charac   ters              CLI MSP  580 Release 2 0 02 2013    Selftest 49 3 show    50 Selftest    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 581    Selftest 50 1 selftest    50 1 selftest    Configure the selftest settings     50 1 1 selftest action    Configure the action that a selftest component should take   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  selftest action  lt P 1 
287. t tlv capabilities    Include Exclude LLDP MED capabilities TLV   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  lldp med transmit tlv capabilities    CLI MSP  440 Release 2 0 02 2013    Media Endpoint Discovery LLDP  35 1 Ildp  MED    no Ildp med transmit tlv capabilities  Disable the option   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no lldp med transmit tlv capabilities    35 1 3 Ildp med transmit tly network policy    Include Exclude LLDP network policy TLV   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  lldp med transmit tlv network policy    no Iidp med transmit tly network policy  Disable the option   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no lldp med transmit tlv network policy    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 441    Media Endpoint Discovery LLDP  35 2 Ildp  MED    35 2 Ildp    Configure of Link Layer Discovery Protocol     35 2 1 Ildp med faststartrepeatcount    Configure LLDP MED fast start repeat count   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  lldp med faststartrepeatcount  lt P 1 gt              Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 1  10 Enter a value representing the number of  LLDP PDUs that will be transmitted Default  1S  33    CLI MSP  442 Release 2 0 02 2013    Media Endpoint Discovery LLDP  35 3 show  MED    35 3 show    Display device options and settings     35 3 1 show Ildp med global    Display a summary of the current LLDP MED configuration   Mode  command is in 
288. ter the VLAN ID           no ip arp inspection access list strict  Disable the option   Mode  any  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no ip arp inspection access list strict    11 3 5 ip arp inspection access list assign     Un  Configure the ARP ACL used to filter ARP packets on a VLAN  If the  ARP ACL name is omitted  then no ACL is assigned to this VLAN  If the ARP  ACL name does not exist in the ACL table  then it depends on the DHCP  Snooping bindings database and or it s configured usage whether an ARP  packet is forwarded or dropped    Mode  any   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  ip arp inspection access list assign  lt P 1 gt    lt P    2 gt            Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID   P 2 string  lt acl name gt  Name of ACL        CLI MSP  190 Release 2 0 02 2013    Dynamic ARP Inspection 11 4 ip    11 4 ip    IP interface commands     11 4 1 ip arp inspection trust    This command configures an interface as trusted or untrusted  Dynamic ARP  Inspection  DAI  forwards valid ARP packets on trusted interfaces without in   spection  On un trusted interfaces ARP packets will be subject to ARP ins   pection    Mode  Interface Range Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  ip arp inspection trust    no ip arp inspection trust  Disable the option   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no ip arp inspection trust    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 191    Dynamic ARP Inspection 11 4 ip    11 4 2 ip arp inspection auto disable 
289. th a MAC address  IP address  interface and VLAN   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  ip source guard binding delete index  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt    lt P 3 gt   lt P 4 gt                             Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 aa bb cc dd ee  MAC address    P 2 A B C D IP address    P 3 slot no  port no    P 4 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 407    IP Source Guard  IPSG     31 1 5    31 1 ip    ip source guard binding mode    This command activates or deactivates a configured static IPSG binding      lt P 4 gt   lt P 5 gt     Parameter Value    eal    408    aa bb cc dd ee     A B C D   slot no  port no   1  4042   active   inactive                Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  ip source guard binding mode  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt   lt P 3 gt     Meaning  MAC address        IP address     aa    Enter the VLAN                      ID     Activate the option        Inactivate the option     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    IP Source Guard  IPSG  31 2 clear    31 2 clear    Clear several items     31 2 1 clear ip source guard bindings    This command clears all dynamic IPSG bindings on all interfaces or on a spe   cific interface    Mode  Privileged Exec Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  clear ip source guard bindings   lt P 1 gt      Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 409    IP Source Guard  IPSG  31 3 ip    31 3 ip    IP interface commands     
290. the 802 1X statistics for all ports   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  clear dotlx statistics all    CLI MSP  332 Release 2 0 02 2013    802 1X Port Authentication 21 4 clear    21 4 3 clear dot1x auth history port    Clears the 802 1X authentication history for specified port   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  clear dotlx auth history port  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 slot no  port no     21 4 4 clear dot1x auth history all    Clears the 802 1X authentication history for all ports   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  clear dotlx auth history all    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 333    802 1X Port Authentication 21 4 clear    CLI MSP  334 Release 2 0 02 2013    Filter for MAC Addresses 21 4 clear    22 Filter for MAC Addresses    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 335    Filter for MAC Addresses    22 1 mac filter    static mac filter configuration  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  mac filter    336    22 1 mac filter    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Filter for MAC Addresses 22 2 show    22 2 show    Display device options and settings     22 2 1 show mac filter table static    Displays mac address filter table  Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show mac filter table static    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 337    Filter for MAC Addresses 22 3 bridge    22 3 bridge    bridge configuration    22 3 1 bridge aging time
291. the maximum number of log files   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  logging persistent numfiles  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0  25 number of logfiles                CLI MSP  454 Release 2 0 02 2013    Logging    36 1 13 logging persistent filesize    Enter the maximum size of a log file   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator    36 1 logging    Format  logging persistent filesize  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 0  4096 Maximum persistent logfile size on the non           volatile memory in kl    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Byt    CES    455    Logging 36 1 logging    36 1 14 logging persistent severity level    Configure the maximum severity level to be logged into files   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  logging persistent severity level  lt P 1 gt                                                                                                        Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 emergency System is unusable  System failure has oc   curred    Pal alert Action must be taken immediately  Unrecove   rable failure of a component  System failure  likely    P 1 critical Recoverable failure of a component that may  lead to system failure    P 1 error Error conditions  Recoverable failure of a  component    P 1 warning Minor failure  e g  misconfiguration of a  component    P 1 notice Normal but significant conditions    P 1 informational Informational messages    P  d
292. tion netmask    wins  Option wins    dns  Option dns     CLI MSP  230 Release 2 0 02 2013    Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol 15 2 dhcp server   DHCP     hostname  Option hostname                                                                                         Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 1  128 Pool ID    P 2 all or slot no  port no    P 3 none Remove MAC mode    P 3 aa bb cc dd ee  MAC address    P 4 none Remove ID mode    P 4 XX XX    1XX Enter ID in hexadecimal format   P 5 none Remove ID mode    P 5 XX XX     XX Enter ID in hexadecimal format   P 6 none Remove ID mode    P 6 XX XX    IXX Enter ID in hexadecimal format   P 7 none Remove relay mode    P 7 ipaddr Enter IP address of the relay   P 8  1  4042 VLAN ID  A value of  1 corresponds to manage                    ment vlan  the default   any other value  1   4042  represents a specific VLAN                                                       P 9 infinite Infinite leasetim   P 9 seconds Leasetime in seconds    P 10 tftp    o s tftp    lt servername gt   lt file gt  Configuration  path  empty string      to clear value    P 10   P 11 A B C D IP address    P 12 A B C D IP address    P 13 A B C D IP address    P 14 A B C D IP address    P 15 string Enter a user defined text  max  64 charac   ters        15 2 4 dhcp server pool mode    Pool enable   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dhcp server pool mode  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 1  128 Pool ID   CLI MSP    Rele
293. tor   Format  auto disable timer  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 0  4294967295 Enter a number in the given range  Possible  values are  30 4294967295  A value of 0 di   sables the timer                 5 2 2  auto disable reset    Reset the specific interface and reactivate the port  Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  auto disable reset    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 129    Auto Disable    no auto disable reset   Disable the option   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no auto disable reset    130    5 2 auto disable    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Auto Disable 5 3 show    5 3 show    Display device options and settings     5 3 1 show auto disable brief    Display Auto Disable summary by interface   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show auto disable brief    5 3 2 show auto disable reasons    Display summary of Auto Disable error reasons  Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show auto disable reasons    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 131    Auto Disable 5 3 show    CLI MSP  132 Release 2 0 02 2013    TP Cable Diagnosis 5 3 show    6 TP Cable Diagnosis    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 133    TP Cable Diagnosis 6 1 cable test    6 1 cable test    Select port on which to perform the cable test   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  cable test    CLI MSP  134 Release 2 0 02 2013    Class Of Service 6 1 cable tes
294. tor  Format  no mrp operation    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 495    Media Redundancy Protocol  MRP  40 2 show    40 2 show    Display device options and settings     40 2 1 show mrp    Show MRP settings   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show mrp    CLI MSP  496 Release 2 0 02 2013    Protocol Based VLAN 40 2 show    41 Protocol Based VLAN    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 497    Protocol Based VLAN 41 1 vlan    41 1 vian    Creation and configuration of VLANS     41 1 1 vlan protocol group add    Add a new group or add protocols to an existing group   Mode  any  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  vlan protocol group add  lt P 1 gt  name  lt P 2 gt  vlan id   lt P 3 gt  ethertype  lt P 4 gt   name  Assign a group name    vlan id  Associate a VLAN ID to a group   ethertype  Add protocols to an existing group  Before adding protocols to  a group please create one                 Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 1  128 Protocol based VLANs group index    P 2 string Enter a user defined text  max  256 charac   ters    P 3 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID    P 4 string  lt protocol list gt  Enter a comma separated list             of mnemonics or values  max  256 chars  eg    1536 65939  1p  v  r  Gps      CLI MSP  498 Release 2 0 02 2013    Protocol Based VLAN 41 1 vlan    41 1 2 vlan protocol group modify    Modify a protocol group   Mode  any  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  vlan protocol group modify  lt P 1 gt   name  lt P 2 gt     vlan id  lt 
295. traffic shape    Traffic shape commands     62 2 1 traffic shape bw    Set threshold value  Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  traffic shape bw  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0  100 Enter a number in the given range   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 665    Storm Control 62 3 mtu    62 3 mtu    Set mtu  without FCS and VLAN tag    Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  mtu    CLI MSP  666 Release 2 0 02 2013    Storm Control 62 4 storm control    62 4 storm control    Storm control commands    62 4 1 storm control flow control    Enable flow control  802 3x  for this port   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  storm control flow control    no storm control flow control  Disable flow control  802 3x  for this port   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no storm control flow control    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 667    Storm Control 62 4 storm control    62 4 2 storm control ingress unit    Set unit   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  storm control ingress unit  lt P 1 gt                 Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 percent Metering unit expressed in percentage of  bandwidth    P  pps Metering unit expressed in packets per se   cond     62 4 3 storm control ingress unicast operation    Enable ingress unicast storm control   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  storm control ingress unicast operation    no
296. tring  lt name gt  ACL name    P 2 any Enter for any source mac address and mask    P 2 srcmac macmask Enter source MAC and source MAC mask  mask  in wild card notation     P 3 any Enter for any destination mac address and  mask    P 3 destmac macmask Enter destination MAC and destination MAC  mask  mask in wild card notation     P 4 0x0600 0xffff Ethertype valu   P 4 appletalk Appletalk   P 4 arp ARP   P 4 ibmsna IBMSNA   P 4 ipv4 IPv4   P 4 ipv6 IPv6   P 4 ipx old IPX OLD   P 4 mplsmcast MPLS Multicast   P 4 mplsucast MPLS Unicast   P 4 netbios NetBIOS   P 4 novell NOVELL   P 4 pppoe PPPOE   P 4 rarp RARP   P 5 eq Specify VLAN value    P 6 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID    P 7 0  7 COS   P 8 string  lt name gt  Time range name   P 9 any Enter for any source mac address and mask    P 9 srcmac macmask Enter source MAC and source MAC mask  mask  in wild card notation     P 10 any Enter for any destination mac address and  mask    P 10 destmac macmask Enter destination MAC and destination MAC  mask  mask in wild card notation     P 11 0x0600 0xffff Ethertype valu   P 11 appletalk Appletalk   P 11 arp ARP   P 11 ibmsna IBMSNA   P 11 ipv4 IPv4   P 11 ipv6 IPv6   P 1 1 ipx old IPX OLD   P 1 1 mplsmcast MPLS Multicast   P 11 mplsucast MPLS Unicast   P 11 netbios NetBIOS   P 11 novell NOVELL                CLI MSP  98 Release 2 0 02 2013    Access Control List  ACL  2 1 mac                            Parameter Value Meaning   P 11 pppoe PPPOE   P 11 rarp RARP   P 12 eq Specify VLAN value
297. try   start   Set start time and date   end   Set end time and date   periodic   Create or delete periodic time entry  It must not overlap with  any other periodic entry defined for this time range                   CLI MSP  688 Release 2 0 02 2013    Time Range    65 1 time    to  Set end of periodic time entry     Parameter Value          Pel string   P 2   2d   2d  P 3 1  31   P 4 jan   P 4 feb   P 4 mar   P 4 apr   P 4 may   P 4 jun   P 4 jul   P 4 aug   P 4 sep   P 4 oct   P 4 nov   P 4 dec   P 5 1993  2035  P 6   2d   2d  P 7 1231   P 8 jan   P 8 feb   P 8 mar   P 8 apr   P 8 may   P 8 jun   P 8 jul   P 8 aug   P 8 sep   P 8 oct   P 8 nov   P 8 dec   P 9 1993  2035  P 10 sunday  P 10 monday  P 10 tuesday  P 10 wednesday  P 10 thursday  P 10 friday  P 10 saturday  P 10 daily   P 10 weekdays  P 10 weekend  CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013    Meaning  Enter the time range name  max  31 charac   ters              Time of day  in 24 hour format  hh mm            Day of the month   January   February   March   April   May   June       July  August  September  October  November  December  Year           Time of day  in 24 hour format  hh mm         Day of the month   January   February   March   April   May   June       July  August  September  October  November  December  Year   Sunday  Monday  Tuesday  Wednesday  Thursday  Friday  Saturday  Daily  Weekdays  Weekend    689    Time Range    Parameter Value       P 10   S   P 11   2d   2d  P 12 sunday  P 12 monday  P 12 tuesday  
298. tus monitor module removal    no device status monitor module removal  Disable monitoring the presence of modules   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no device status monitor module removal    13 1 4 device status monitor envm removal    Enable monitoring the presence of the external non volative memory   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  device status monitor envm removal    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 207    Device Status 13 1 device status    no device status monitor envm removal   Disable monitoring the presence of the external non volative memory   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no device status monitor envm removal    13 1 5 device status monitor envm not in sync    Enable monitoring synchronzation between the external non volative memo   ry n and the running configuration    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  device status monitor envm not in sync    no device status monitor envm not in sync  Disable monitoring synchronzation between the external non volative me   mory n and the running configuration    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  no device status monitor envm not in sync    13 1 6 device status monitor ring redundancy    Enable monitoring if ring redundancy is present   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  device status monitor ring redundancy    CLI MSP  208 Release 2 
299. ueue id    CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 269    Differentiated Services  DiffServ  18 3 policy map    18 3 4 policy map name class name conform color    Configure a Diffserv policy   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  policy map name  lt string gt  class name  lt string gt   conform color  lt string gt   class  Manage DiffServ policy class instances   name  Configure a policy class instance   conform color  Enable color aware traffic policing and define the con   form color class                                                        Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 string Enter the DiffServ policy name  max  31 cha   racters    P 2 string Enter the DiffServ policy name  max  31 cha   racters    P 3 string Enter the DiffServ policy name  max  31 cha   racters        CLI MSP  270 Release 2 0 02 2013    Differentiated Services  DiffServ  18 3 policy map    18 3 5 policy map name class name drop    Configure a Diffserv policy   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  policy map name  lt string gt  class name  lt string gt   drop  class  Manage DiffServ policy class instances   name  Configure a policy class instance   drop  All packets for the associated traffic stream are dropped at ingress                                               Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 string Enter the DiffServ policy name  max  31 cha   racters    P 2 string Enter the DiffServ policy name  max  31 cha   racters    CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 271    D
300. ule    CLI MSP  210 Release 2 0 02 2013    Device Status 13 2 show    13 2 show    Display device options and settings     13 2 1 show device status monitor    Display the device monitoring configurations   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show device status monitor    13 2 2 show device status state    Display the current state of the device   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show device status state    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 211    Device Status 13 2 show    13 2 3 show device status trap    Display the device trap information and configurations   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show device status trap    13 2 4 show device status link alarm    Display the monitor configurations of the network ports   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show device status link alarm    13 2 5 show device status module    Display the monitor configurations of the modules   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show device status module    CLI MSP  212 Release 2 0 02 2013    Device Status 13 2 show    13 2 6 show device status all    Display the configurable device status settings   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show device status all    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 213    Device Status 13 3 device status    13 3 device status    Configure various device 
301. ument without prior notice  Hirschmann can give no guarantee  in respect of the correctness or accuracy of the information in this document     Hirschmann can accept no responsibility for damages  resulting from the use of the network  components or the associated operating software  In addition  we refer to the conditions of use  specified in the license contract     You can get the latest version of this manual on the Internet at the Hirschmann product site   www hirschmann com      Printed in Germany   Hirschmann Automation and Control GmbH  Stuttgarter Str  45 51   72654 Neckartenzlingen   Germany   Tel    49 1805 141538    02 2013    21 2 13    Content    Content    1 IP Address Conflict Detection    1 1 a  1 1 1  1 1 2  1 1 3  1 1 4  1 1 5  1 1 6  1 1 7  1 1 8   1 2 show  1 2 1  1 2 2  1 2 3    ddress conflict    address conflict operation  address conflict detection mode  address conflict detection ongoing  address conflict delay  address conflict release delay  address conflict max protection  address conflict protect interval  address conflict trap status    show address conflict global  show address conflict detected  show address conflict fault state    2 Access Control List  ACL     apwi     2 2    NNO  a annA    NaO    2 3       NNENNNSD NMS NNN NNNJ  oP wN   gt     2 4    2 5    NNNNB   NN  anang AP  RONM AF N     CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    mac access list extended name  mac access list extended rename  mac access list extended del  mac access group name   
302. undary clock priorityl  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0  255 Enter a number in the given range        45 1 16 ptp v2 boundary clock priority2    Configure the priority2 value  0  255  for the BMCA   Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  ptp v2 boundary clock priority2  lt P 1 gt   Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0  255 Enter a number in the given range        45 1 17 ptp v2 boundary clock utc offset    Configure the current UTC offset  TAI   UTC  in seconds   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  ptp v2 boundary clock utc offset  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1  32768  32767  CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 539    Precision Time Protocol  PTP  45 1 ptp    45 1 18 ptp v2 boundary clock utc offset valid    Configure the UTC offset valid flag  Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  ptp v2 boundary clock utc offset valid    no ptp v2 boundary clock utc offset valid  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no ptp v2 boundary clock utc offset valid    CLI MSP  540 Release 2 0 02 2013    Precision Time Protocol  PTP  45 2 show    45 2 show    Display device options and settings     45 2 1 show ptp    Show PTP parameters and status  Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show ptp  global   v2 boundary clock   v2 trans   parent clock   port   v2 transparent clock   v2 bound   ary clock    global   Show
303. upd enabled  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no security status monitor extnvm upd enabled    14 1 10 security status monitor no link enabled    Sets the monitoring of no link detection   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  security status monitor no link enabled    CLI MSP  220 Release 2 0 02 2013    Security Status 14 1 security status    no security status monitor no link enabled  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no security status monitor no link enabled    14 1 11 security status monitor hidisc write enab   led    Sets the monitoring of HiDiscovery write enabled   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  security status monitor hidisc write enabled    no security status monitor hidisc write enabled  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no security status monitor hidisc write enab   led    14 1 12 security status monitor extnvm load unse   cure    Sets the monitoring of security of the configuration loading from extnvm   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  security status monitor extnvm load unsecure    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 221    Security Status 14 1 security status    no security status monitor extnvm load unsecure  Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no security status mo
304. urn to  enter the command vlan the Privileged Exec mode  you enter  database  exit or press Ctrl Z    MSP   vlan database  MSP   Vlan  xit   MSP   Vlan   MSP                                Table 1  Command modes    CLI MSP MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 31    Using the CLI 3 1 Mode based command hierarchy                         Command Access method Quit or   mode start next mode   Global From the Privileged Exec mode  you To quit the Global Configuration   Configuration enter the command configure  mode and return to the Privileged   mode  MSP   configure Exec mode  you enter exit    MSP   config   MSP   config   exit                                  From the User Exec mode  you enter  MSP   the command enable  and then in To then quit the Privileged Exec                                     Privileged Exec mode  enter the mode and return to the User Exec  command Configure  mode  you enter exit again    MSP   gt enable  MSP  xit    MSP  configure  MSP   gt     MSP   config                    Interface Range From the Global Configuration mode To quit the Interface Range mode                                                                            mode you enter the command interface and return to the Global Config   all  lt slot port gt   lt interface mode  you enter    exit     To return to  range gt    lt interface the Privileged Exec mode  you press  list gt   lt complex range gt    Ctrl Z    MSP   config   interfac  MSP   interface   lt slot port gt  slot port   exit   MSP  
305. ut  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning    PH1 0  3600 The timeout before retransmitting a request  to the server  default  3                     19 2 13 dns client retry    Set the number of times the request is retransmitted   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  dns client retry  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 0  100 The number of times the request is retrans   mitted  default  2                        CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 309    Domain Name System  DNS  19 2 dns    CLI MSP  310 Release 2 0 02 2013    DoS Mitigation 19 2 dns    20 DoS Mitigation    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 311    DoS Mitigation 20 1 dos    20 1 dos    Manage DoS Mitigation    20 1 1 dos tcp null    Enables TCP Null scan protection   all TCP flags and TCP sequence number  zero    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  dos tcp null    no dos tcp null   Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no dos tcp null    20 1 2 dos tcp xmas    Enables xmas scan protection   TCP FIN  URG  PSH equal 1 and SEQ  equals 0    Mode  Global Config Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  dos tcp xmas    CLI MSP  312 Release 2 0 02 2013    DoS Mitigation 20 1 dos    no dos tcp xmas   Disable the option   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no dos tcp xmas    20 1 3 dos tcp syn fin    Enables TCP SYN FIN scan protection   TCP with SYN and FIN flags set   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privil
306. v  18 2 class map                                  Parameter Value Meaning   P 23 1  4042 Enter the VLAN ID    P 24 string Enter the DiffServ class name  max  31 cha   racters    P 25 enable Enable the option    P 25 disable Disable the option     18 2 2 class map rename    Rename an existing class   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  class map rename  lt P 1 gt   lt P 2 gt                                               Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 string Enter the DiffServ class name  max  31 cha   racters    P 2 string Enter the DiffServ class name  max  31 cha   racters        18 2 3 class map match all    Create a new match all class   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  class map match all  lt P 1 gt                    Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 string Enter the DiffServ class name  max  31 cha   racters    CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 265    Differentiated Services  DiffServ  18 2 class map    18 2 4 class map remove    Remove a Diffserv class   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  class map remove  lt P 1 gt                    Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 string Enter the DiffServ class name  max  31 cha   racters     CLI MSP  266 Release 2 0 02 2013    Differentiated Services  DiffServ  18 3 policy map    18 3 policy map    Manage DiffServ policies     18 3 1 policy map create    Create a DiffServ policy   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  policy map create  lt P
307. vilege Level  Operator  Format  lldp tlv igmp    no lidp tiv igmp   Disable igmp TLV transmission   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no lldp tlv igmp    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 437    Link Layer Discovery Protocol  LLDP  34 3 IIldp    34 3 18 lidp tiv portsec    Enable portsec TLV transmission   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  lldp tlv portsec    no lidp tiv portsec   Disable portsec TLV transmission   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no lldp tlv portsec    34 3 19 Ildp tiv ptp    Enable PTP TLV transmission   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  lldp tlv ptp    no lidp tiv ptp   Disable PTP TLV transmission   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no lldp tlv ptp    CLI MSP  438 Release 2 0 02 2013    Media Endpoint Discovery LLDP  34 3 Ildp  MED    35 Media Endpoint Discovery  LLDP MED    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 439    Media Endpoint Discovery LLDP  35 1 Ildp  MED    35 1 Ildp    Configure of Link Layer Discovery Protocol on a port     35 1 1 Ildp med confignotification    Enable LLDP MED notification send for this interface   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  l1ldp med confignotification    no Iidp med confignotification   Disable LLDP MED notification send for this interface   Mode  Interface Range Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no lldp med confignotification    35 1 2 Ildp med transmi
308. vileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  cli serial timeout  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0  160 Enter a number in the given range        8 1 2 cli prompt    Change the system prompt   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  cli prompt  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  128 charac   ters              CLI MSP  146 Release 2 0 02 2013    CLI 8 1 cli    8 1 3 cli numlines    Set the number of lines for  more      Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  cli numlines  lt P 1 gt                 Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 0  250 Screen size for  more   23   default  0   un   limited      8 1 4 cli banner operation    Enable the CLI login banner   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  cli banner operation    no cli banner operation   Disable the CLI login banner   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  no cli banner operation    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 147    CLI 8 1 cli    8 1 5 cli banner text    Set the text for the CLI login banner  C printf format syntax allowed    n   t    Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  cli banner text  lt P 1 gt                                Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  1024 charac   ters  allowed charaters are from ASC 32 to  PATE  a    CLI MSP  148 Release 2 0 02 2013    CLI 8 2 show   
309. w    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    Configure 10 6 config    10 6 config    Configure the Configuration Saving settings     10 6 1 config watchdog admin state    Enable the Configuration Undo feature   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  config watchdog admin state    no config watchdog admin state  Disable the Configuration Undo feature   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no config watchdog admin state    10 6 2 config watchdog timeout    Configure the Configuration Undo timeout  unit  seconds    Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  config watchdog timeout  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 30  600 Enter a number in the given range   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 175    Configure 10 6 config    10 6 3 config encryption password set    Set the configuration file password   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  config encryption password set   lt P 1 gt     lt P 2 gt                                 Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  64 charac   ters    P 2 string Enter a user defined text  max  64 charac   ters        10 6 4 config encryption password clear    Clear the configuration file password   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  config encryption password clear    10 6 5 config envm auto update    Allow automatic firmware updates with this memory device   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege L
310. w  41 3 1 show port protocol    Power Over Ethernet  PoE     inlinepower   42 1 1 inlinepower operation  42 1 2  inlinepower slot  42 1 3  inlinepower threshold  42 1 4  inlinepower trap    show   42 2 1 show inlinepower global  42 2 2 show inlinepower port  42 2 3 show inlinepower slot    inlinepower   42 3 1  inlinepower allowed classes  42 3 2 inlinepower auto shutdown end  42 3 3 inlinepower auto shutdown start  3 4 inlinepower auto shutdown timer   3 5  inlinepower operation   3 6 inlinepower name   3 7 inlinepower priority    Port Monitor    show   43 1 1 show port monitor operation  43 1 2 show port monitor brief   43 1 3 show port monitor port   43 1 4 show port monitor link flap  43 1 5 show port monitor crc fragments    port monitor  43 2 1 port monitor operation    port monitor  43 3 1  port monitor condition crc fragments interval    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013    497    498  498  499  499    500  500    501  501    503    504  504  504  505  506    507  507  507  508    509  509  510  510  510  511  512  512    513    514  514  514  515  515  515    516  516    517  517    75    Content    44  44 1    44 2    44 3    45  45 1    76    port monitor condition crc fragments count  port monitor condition crc fragments mode  port monitor condition link flap interval  port monitor condition link flap count  port monitor condition link flap mode  port monitor condition duplex mismatch mode  port monitor action   port monitor reset    AARARRARAR AR  ey OSC  So eG  2  ee
311. x allowed    n  t    Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  system pre login banner text  lt P 1 gt                                   Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  512 charac   ters  allowed charaters are from ASC 32 to  AT   lt 8    CLI MSP  678 Release 2 0 02 2013    System 63 2 temperature    63 2 temperature    Configure the temperature limits     63 2 1 temperature upper limit    Configure the upper temperature limit   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  temperature upper limit  lt P 1 gt           Parameter Value Meaning  P 1  99  99 Upper temperature threshold     C   default  TO      63 2 2 temperature lower limit    Configure the lower temperature limit   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  temperature lower limit  lt P 1 gt           Parameter Value Meaning   P 1  99  99 Lower temperature threshold     C   default  Oy a   CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 679    System 63 3 show    63 3 show    Display device options and settings     63 3 1 show eventlog    Show log entries   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show eventlog    63 3 2 show system info    Show system related information   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show system info    CLI MSP  680 Release 2 0 02 2013    System 63 3 show    63 3 3 show system pre login banner    Display pre login banner preferences 
312. xec Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  copy sshkey remote  lt P 1 gt  nvm  nvm  Copy SSH key from server to NV memory        Parameter Value Meaning  P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max   ters              61 2 2 copy sshkey envm    Copy SSH key from external non volative memory device   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  copy sshkey envm  lt P 1 gt  nvm    61 2 copy    128 charac     nvm  Copy SSH key from external non volative memory device to NV memo              ry    Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max   ters    CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013    128 charac     661    Secure Shell  SSH  61 3 show    61 3 show    Display device options and settings     61 3 1 show ssh    Show SSH server information   Mode  command is in all modes available  Privilege Level  Guest  Format  show ssh    CLI MSP  662 Release 2 0 02 2013    Storm Control 61 3 show    62 Storm Control    CLI MSP  Release 2 0 02 2013 663    Storm Control 62 1 storm control    62 1 storm control    Configure the global storm control settings     62 1 1 storm control flow control    Enable flow control globally   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  storm control flow control    no storm control flow control  Disable flow control globally   Mode  Global Config Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  no storm control flow control    CLI MSP  664 Release 2 0 02 2013    Storm Control 62 2 traffic shape    62 2 
313. y firmware from external non volative memory device   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Administrator  Format  copy firmware envm  lt P 1 gt  system  system  Copy firmware from external non volatile memory device to system  memory   Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  128 charac   ters              10 1 4 copy firmware remote    Copy firmware image from server    Mode  Privileged Exec Mode   Privilege Level  Administrator   Format  copy firmware remote  lt P 1 gt  system  system  Copy firmware from file server to system memory              Parameter Value Meaning   P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  128 charac      LErsS    CLI MSP    Release 2 0 02 2013 163    Configure 10 1 copy    10 1 5 copy firmware system envm    Copy firmware to external non volative memory device   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  copy firmware system envm  lt P 1 gt     Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  32 charac   ters              10 1 6 copy firmware system remote    Copy firmware to file server   Mode  Privileged Exec Mode  Privilege Level  Operator  Format  copy firmware system remote  lt P 1 gt        Parameter Value Meaning    P 1 string Enter a user defined text  max  128 charac   ters              10 1 7 copy config running config nvm    Save running config to nv memory    Mode  Privileged Exec Mode   Privilege Level  Operator   Format  copy config running config nvm  profil
    
Download Pdf Manuals
 
 
    
Related Search
    
Related Contents
Massive Wall light 54270/17/90  G120MG2200TH GENERADORES  取扱説明書    Copyright © All rights reserved. 
   Failed to retrieve file